1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
208 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
213 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
217 \begin_layout Standard
218 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
235 \begin_layout Standard
237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
249 the format of all of the manuals.
250 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
251 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 \begin_layout Section
272 \begin_layout Standard
273 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
275 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
276 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
278 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
302 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
303 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
305 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
306 only a vertical scrollbar.
307 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
308 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
309 This, however, is due
310 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
311 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
312 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
313 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
315 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
316 this doesn't work for equations yet.
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
328 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
333 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
334 ing sections of this documentation.
337 \begin_layout Section
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
347 of the manuals from inside LyX.
348 Just select the manual you want read from the
355 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
359 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
366 \begin_layout Standard
367 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
368 without resorting to configuration files.
369 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
370 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
371 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
386 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
387 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
388 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
389 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Reconfiguration of LyX
404 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
407 \begin_layout Section
409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
411 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
418 \begin_layout Standard
419 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
420 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
443 that will be created when using the menu
445 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
465 \begin_inset Note Note
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
477 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
478 More about TeX Code is described in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
489 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
510 Reconfiguration of LyX
518 \begin_layout Chapter
522 \begin_layout Section
523 Basic File Operations
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 \begin_layout Standard
541 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
542 in addition to some more advanced operations:
545 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_inset Graphics
550 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
558 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_inset Graphics
583 filename ../images/file-open.png
584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
591 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_inset Graphics
604 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
612 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_inset Graphics
665 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Standard
680 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
681 a few minor differences.
684 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
699 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
700 you for a template to use.
701 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
702 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
703 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
711 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
718 \begin_layout Standard
720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
743 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
744 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
747 \begin_layout Standard
768 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
773 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
798 will reload the document from disk.
799 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
800 and want to restore it to the last save.
809 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
810 can identify this as your changes.
813 \begin_layout Section
814 Basic Editing Features
818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
827 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
834 \begin_layout Standard
835 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
836 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
837 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
838 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
840 We'll start with cut and paste.
843 \begin_layout Standard
844 As you might expect, the
848 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
849 various other editing features.
850 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
854 \begin_layout Itemize
860 \begin_inset Graphics
861 filename ../images/cut.png
862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
869 \begin_layout Itemize
875 \begin_inset Graphics
876 filename ../images/copy.png
877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
884 \begin_layout Itemize
890 \begin_inset Graphics
891 filename ../images/paste.png
892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
899 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
919 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_inset Graphics
934 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
943 \begin_layout Standard
944 The first three are self-explanatory.
945 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
946 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
955 keys also functions as the
960 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
961 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
966 to get back the lost text.
969 \begin_layout Standard
973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
979 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
988 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
991 \begin_layout Standard
994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
999 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1016 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1026 will start a new paragraph.
1029 \begin_layout Standard
1033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1053 \begin_inset space ~
1057 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1075 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1080 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1097 button to skip the current word.
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1106 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1110 \begin_inset space ~
1115 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1117 If the toggle is set, searching for
1118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1129 will not match the word
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1144 Match whole words only
1146 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1176 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1178 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1183 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1190 \begin_layout Section
1195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1214 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1221 \begin_layout Standard
1222 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1223 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1229 or the toolbar button
1230 \begin_inset Graphics
1231 filename ../images/undo.png
1232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1236 to undo some mistake.
1237 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1242 ot the toolbar button
1243 \begin_inset Graphics
1244 filename ../images/redo.png
1245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1257 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1261 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1264 \begin_layout Standard
1265 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1266 it was last saved, the
1267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1274 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1275 This is a consequence of the 100
1276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1279 step undo limit, above.
1282 \begin_layout Standard
1291 work on almost everything in LyX.
1292 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1296 \begin_layout Section
1301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1311 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1314 \begin_layout Enumerate
1319 \begin_layout Itemize
1324 once anywhere in the edit window.
1325 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1329 \begin_layout Enumerate
1334 \begin_layout Itemize
1340 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1346 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1349 \begin_layout Itemize
1350 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1359 \begin_layout Enumerate
1360 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1369 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1370 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1371 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1375 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 \begin_layout Standard
1385 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1390 \begin_layout Section
1392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1394 name "sec:Navigating"
1402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1415 \begin_layout Itemize
1420 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1421 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1424 \begin_layout Itemize
1427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1430 or the toolbar button
1431 \begin_inset Graphics
1432 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1442 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1449 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1454 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1455 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1456 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1457 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1458 to the document, see
1459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1461 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1468 \begin_layout Standard
1470 \begin_inset space \space{}
1474 \begin_inset Graphics
1475 filename ../images/down.png
1476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1481 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1486 \begin_inset space \space{}
1490 \begin_inset Graphics
1491 filename ../images/up.png
1492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1497 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1501 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1503 So you can for example move section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1512 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1514 \begin_inset Graphics
1515 filename ../images/promote.png
1516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/demote.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1527 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1528 So you can for example make section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1543 \begin_layout Section
1545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1547 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1566 LyX's default is CUA.
1569 \begin_layout Standard
1573 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1602 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1606 \begin_layout Labeling
1607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1611 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1612 LatexCommand nomenclature
1614 description "Tabulator key"
1620 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1621 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1628 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1635 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1639 , especially section
1640 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1646 reference "sub:Lists"
1652 If you're still confused, look in the
1659 \begin_layout Labeling
1660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1664 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1665 LatexCommand nomenclature
1667 description "Escape key"
1674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1681 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1682 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1685 \begin_layout Labeling
1686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1703 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1704 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 There are three modifier keys:
1712 \begin_layout Labeling
1713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1732 LatexCommand nomenclature
1734 description "Control key"
1738 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1739 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1743 \begin_layout Itemize
1752 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1755 \begin_layout Itemize
1764 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1767 \begin_layout Itemize
1776 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1780 \begin_layout Labeling
1781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1799 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1800 LatexCommand nomenclature
1802 description "Shift key"
1806 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1807 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1810 \begin_layout Labeling
1811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1829 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1830 LatexCommand nomenclature
1832 description "Meta or Alt key"
1836 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1837 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1838 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1844 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1846 menu accelerator keys
1849 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1850 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 For example, the sequence
1856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1862 \begin_inset space ~
1866 \begin_inset space ~
1872 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1903 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1920 There are also other things bound to the
1924 key, but you'll have to check in the
1936 \begin_layout Standard
1937 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1938 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1939 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1940 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1941 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
1942 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1943 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1944 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1960 followed by a capital
1966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1985 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
1987 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1991 The preferences are opened with the menu
1993 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1999 \begin_layout Chapter
2004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2013 \begin_layout Section
2018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2027 \begin_layout Subsection
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2033 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2034 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2035 numbering schemes, and so on.
2036 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2037 and format the title of your document differently.
2040 \begin_layout Standard
2045 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2046 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2047 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2048 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2049 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2053 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2054 how to adjust their properties.
2057 \begin_layout Subsection
2062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2071 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2082 \begin_layout Standard
2083 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2087 \begin_layout Description
2088 Article for basic articles
2091 \begin_layout Description
2092 Report for basic reports
2095 \begin_layout Description
2096 Book for writing a book
2099 \begin_layout Description
2100 Letter for US-style letters
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2106 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2107 can be found in chapter
2109 Special Document Classes
2118 \begin_layout Description
2119 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2122 \begin_layout Description
2129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2138 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2142 \begin_layout Description
2143 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2144 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2145 There are three article layouts available.
2146 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2147 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2148 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2149 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2154 sequential numbering
2155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2158 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2159 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2160 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2161 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2164 \begin_layout Description
2165 Beamer Layout for presentations
2168 \begin_layout Description
2169 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2170 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2174 \begin_layout Description
2176 \begin_inset space ~
2179 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2182 \begin_layout Description
2183 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2186 \begin_layout Description
2189 Die TeXnische Komödie
2191 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2194 \begin_layout Description
2195 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2198 \begin_layout Description
2199 Foils Used to make transparencies
2202 \begin_layout Description
2203 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2206 \begin_layout Description
2207 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2208 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2212 \begin_layout Description
2213 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2214 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2217 \begin_layout Description
2218 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2221 \begin_layout Description
2222 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2225 \begin_layout Description
2226 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2227 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2230 \begin_layout Description
2231 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2234 \begin_layout Description
2239 LaTeX document class
2242 \begin_layout Description
2243 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2246 \begin_layout Description
2251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2259 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2261 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2264 \begin_layout Description
2265 Slides Used to make transparencies
2268 \begin_layout Description
2270 \begin_inset space ~
2273 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2274 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2277 \begin_layout Description
2278 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2281 \begin_layout Description
2286 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2289 \begin_layout Standard
2290 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2292 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2297 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2298 of the document classes.
2301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 You can select a class using the
2308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2348 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2350 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2367 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2368 installed by default.
2369 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2370 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2374 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 Each class has a default set of options.
2380 Here's a quick table describing them:
2383 \begin_layout Standard
2384 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2392 \begin_inset Tabular
2393 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2854 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 You're probably also wondering what
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2866 \begin_inset space ~
2870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2874 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2875 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2880 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2885 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2895 headings, there are also
2903 headings, and so on.
2904 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2905 \begin_inset space ~
2909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2911 reference "sub:Headings"
2918 \begin_layout Subsection
2923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2932 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2965 \begin_inset space ~
2970 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2972 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2973 to use for your document.
2974 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2978 \begin_layout Standard
2982 \begin_inset space ~
2991 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2992 You can choose between the following five options:
2995 \begin_layout Labeling
2996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3001 Use default pagestyle of current class.
3004 \begin_layout Labeling
3005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3010 No page numbers or headings.
3013 \begin_layout Labeling
3014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3022 \begin_layout Labeling
3023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3028 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3029 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3030 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3033 \begin_layout Labeling
3034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3039 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3049 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3055 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3056 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3058 Check the documentation for the
3062 package for more details,
3063 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3072 \begin_layout Standard
3077 of paragraphs is described in section
3078 \begin_inset space ~
3082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3084 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3091 \begin_layout Subsection
3092 Paper Size and Orientation
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 Document ! Paper size
3103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3105 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3113 You'll find the following options in the menu
3116 \begin_inset space ~
3121 of the dialog of the
3123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Labeling
3142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3147 What size paper to print on.
3151 \begin_layout Itemize
3157 \begin_layout Itemize
3167 \begin_layout Itemize
3173 \begin_layout Itemize
3179 \begin_layout Itemize
3185 \begin_layout Itemize
3191 \begin_layout Itemize
3197 \begin_layout Labeling
3198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3203 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3214 \begin_layout Labeling
3215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3219 \begin_inset space ~
3224 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3225 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3228 \begin_layout Subsection
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 \begin_layout Standard
3260 Paper margins are set in the menu
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 \begin_layout Standard
3281 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3282 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3283 the paper format and the font size into account.
3286 \begin_layout Subsection
3290 \begin_layout Standard
3291 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3296 That includes the paragraph environments.
3297 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3298 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3299 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3300 paragraph environments to
3304 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3305 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3306 the conversion and why it failed.
3309 \begin_layout Section
3310 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3315 Paragraph ! Indentation
3323 \begin_layout Subsection
3325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3327 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3334 \begin_layout Standard
3335 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3336 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3339 \begin_layout Standard
3340 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3341 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3342 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3343 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3347 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3353 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3354 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3355 language than English.
3356 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3361 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3363 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3364 LyX takes care of that.
3365 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3367 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3368 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3369 of a page, and so on.
3373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3374 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3379 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3380 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3384 of these pre-coded spacings.
3385 We'll explain more later.
3388 \begin_layout Subsection
3389 Paragraph Separation
3393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3394 Paragraph ! Separation
3402 \begin_layout Standard
3403 To separate paragraphs, select
3414 \begin_inset space ~
3421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3435 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3436 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3439 \begin_layout Standard
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3451 \begin_inset space ~
3455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3457 reference "cap:Units"
3462 The default length is 30
3463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3469 \begin_layout Subsection
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3474 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3479 \begin_inset space ~
3484 dialog and toggle the
3487 \begin_inset space ~
3492 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3493 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3494 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3500 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3503 \begin_layout Subsection
3508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3509 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3536 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3560 installed to use this feature.
3568 \begin_layout Section
3569 Paragraph Environments
3573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 Paragraph ! Environments
3580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3582 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3591 Paragraph environments|(
3599 \begin_layout Subsection
3603 \begin_layout Standard
3604 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3607 \begin_layout Standard
3626 \begin_inset Newline newline
3629 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3630 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3631 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3640 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 A paragraph environment is simply a
3645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3652 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3653 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3654 scheme, labels, and so on.
3655 Additionally, you can
3656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3663 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3664 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3665 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3666 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3667 days of typewriters.
3668 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3670 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3673 \begin_layout Standard
3674 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3675 \begin_inset Graphics
3676 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3682 at the left end of the toolbar.
3683 LyX will change the environment of the
3687 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3688 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3689 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3702 create a new paragraph using the
3706 paragraph environment.
3708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3715 because if you are in one of these environments:
3718 \begin_layout Itemize
3724 \begin_layout Itemize
3730 \begin_layout Itemize
3736 \begin_layout Itemize
3742 \begin_layout Itemize
3748 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Standard
3761 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3765 , rather than resetting it to
3770 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3771 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3772 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3779 reference "sec:Nesting"
3784 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3789 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3790 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3798 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Standard
3803 The default paragraph environment is
3808 It creates a plain paragraph.
3809 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3810 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3811 this manual) are in the
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 You can nest a paragraph using the
3823 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3831 \begin_layout Subsection
3836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3855 for thanks or contact information.
3856 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3857 page along with today's date.
3858 For other types of documents, the title
3859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3866 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3870 \begin_layout Standard
3871 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3885 Here's how you use them:
3888 \begin_layout Itemize
3889 Put the title of your document in the
3896 \begin_layout Itemize
3897 Put the author name in the
3904 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3906 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3912 Note that using this environment is optional.
3913 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3914 If you don't want any date, add the line
3915 \begin_inset Newline newline
3925 \begin_inset Newline newline
3928 to the preamble of your document (menu
3930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 You can use footnotes to insert
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3945 or contact informations.
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3969 \begin_layout Standard
3970 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3971 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3980 Section headings ! Numbered
3988 \begin_layout Standard
3989 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3993 \begin_layout Enumerate
3999 \begin_layout Enumerate
4005 \begin_layout Enumerate
4011 \begin_layout Enumerate
4017 \begin_layout Enumerate
4023 \begin_layout Enumerate
4029 \begin_layout Enumerate
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4037 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4038 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4041 \begin_layout Standard
4042 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4043 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4044 You group the book into chapters.
4045 LyX does similar grouping:
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 is divided in either
4062 \begin_layout Itemize
4074 \begin_layout Itemize
4086 \begin_layout Itemize
4098 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 \begin_layout Itemize
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 Not all document types use the
4135 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4140 is the top-level heading.
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4153 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4154 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4156 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4174 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4187 \begin_layout Enumerate
4193 \begin_layout Enumerate
4199 \begin_layout Enumerate
4205 \begin_layout Enumerate
4211 \begin_layout Enumerate
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4226 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4227 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4228 table of contents, see section
4229 \begin_inset space ~
4233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4243 Changing the Numbering
4244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4246 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4255 in the Table of Contents.
4256 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4258 Certain classes start with
4272 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4282 This is something you can change.
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4288 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4308 \begin_inset space ~
4312 \begin_inset space ~
4317 you'll see two counters.
4322 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4324 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4329 Short Titles of Headings
4333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4334 Section headings ! Short titles
4343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4352 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4359 \begin_layout Standard
4360 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4361 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4362 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4363 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4366 \begin_layout Standard
4367 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4368 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4369 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4370 To specify a short title, use the menu
4372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4374 \begin_inset space ~
4380 This will insert a box labeled
4381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4396 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4397 This also works for captions inside floats.
4400 \begin_layout Standard
4401 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 The following information applies to all section headings:
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4428 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4447 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4448 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4449 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4450 the text they contain.
4451 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4459 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4472 when you start a new paragraph.
4473 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4477 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4478 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4479 to change back to the
4483 environment yourself.
4486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4517 time for the differences.
4526 are identical except for one difference:
4530 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4539 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 Here's an example of the
4556 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4558 See -- no indentation!
4562 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4563 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4564 the other paragraph.
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 Here's another example, this time in the
4575 \begin_layout Quotation
4581 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4582 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4583 the first line, then
4587 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4591 you were quoting other text.
4594 \begin_layout Quotation
4595 Here's a new paragraph.
4596 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4597 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4600 \begin_layout Standard
4601 As the examples show,
4605 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4606 They should put quotes in the
4611 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4615 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4655 \begin_layout Standard
4660 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4666 \begin_inset Newline newline
4669 Which I did not rehearse!
4673 It could be much worse.
4674 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4676 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4677 indented a bit more than the first.
4678 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4684 \begin_inset Newline newline
4687 And make things look fine
4688 \begin_inset Newline newline
4698 \begin_layout Standard
4703 does not indent both margins.
4704 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4705 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4716 \begin_layout Subsection
4721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4738 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4748 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4757 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4758 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4759 some general features of all four of them.
4762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4767 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4769 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4778 reset the environment to
4782 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4783 The nesting depth is not also kept.
4784 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4789 to break paragraphs.
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4793 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4794 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4796 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4797 you read all of section
4798 \begin_inset space ~
4802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4804 reference "sec:Nesting"
4812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4837 \begin_layout Standard
4838 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4842 paragraph environment.
4843 It has the following properties:
4846 \begin_layout Itemize
4847 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4851 \begin_layout Itemize
4852 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4855 \begin_layout Itemize
4856 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4860 \begin_layout Itemize
4861 The items can have any length.
4862 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4863 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4870 \begin_layout Itemize
4875 environment inside another
4879 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4883 \begin_layout Itemize
4884 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4887 \begin_layout Itemize
4888 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4893 \begin_inset space ~
4897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4899 reference "sec:Nesting"
4903 for a full explanation of nesting.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4917 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4922 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4923 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4926 \begin_layout Itemize
4927 The label for the first level
4931 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4935 \begin_layout Itemize
4936 The label for the second level is a dash.
4940 \begin_layout Itemize
4941 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4945 \begin_layout Itemize
4946 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 Back out to the third level.
4955 \begin_layout Itemize
4956 Back to the second level.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 Back to the outermost level.
4964 \begin_layout Standard
4965 These are the default labels for an
4970 You can customize these labels in the
4972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 dialog in the submenu
4985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4996 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4998 \begin_inset space ~
5002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5004 reference "sec:Nesting"
5011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5029 name "sec:Enumerate"
5036 \begin_layout Standard
5041 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5042 It has these properties:
5045 \begin_layout Enumerate
5046 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5050 \begin_layout Enumerate
5051 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5055 \begin_layout Enumerate
5056 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5059 \begin_layout Enumerate
5064 environment resets the counter to one.
5067 \begin_layout Enumerate
5080 \begin_layout Enumerate
5081 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5082 Items can have any length.
5085 \begin_layout Enumerate
5086 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5089 \begin_layout Enumerate
5090 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5093 \begin_layout Enumerate
5094 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5098 \begin_layout Standard
5107 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5108 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5115 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 The first level of an
5120 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5124 \begin_layout Enumerate
5125 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5129 \begin_layout Enumerate
5130 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5134 \begin_layout Enumerate
5135 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5138 \begin_layout Enumerate
5139 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5144 \begin_layout Enumerate
5145 Back to the third level
5149 \begin_layout Enumerate
5150 Back to the second level.
5154 \begin_layout Enumerate
5155 Back to the outermost level.
5158 \begin_layout Standard
5159 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5164 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5169 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5173 \begin_layout Standard
5174 There is more to nesting
5178 environments than we've stated here.
5179 You should read section
5180 \begin_inset space ~
5184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5186 reference "sec:Nesting"
5190 to learn more about nesting.
5193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5211 name "sec:Description-List"
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5219 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5223 list has no fixed label.
5224 Instead, LyX uses the first
5225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5232 of the first line as the label.
5236 \begin_layout Description
5237 Example: This is an example of the
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5258 it is meant that the first hit of the
5262 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5264 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5276 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5278 \begin_inset space ~
5284 \begin_inset space ~
5288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5290 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5294 for more info.) Here is an example:
5297 \begin_layout Description
5299 \begin_inset space ~
5302 Example: This one shows how to use a
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5317 \begin_layout Description
5318 Usage: You should use the
5322 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5323 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5325 It's not a good idea to use a
5329 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5330 You're better off using
5342 paragraphs into them.
5345 \begin_layout Description
5346 Nesting: You can nest
5350 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5354 \begin_layout Standard
5355 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5356 them from the first line.
5359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5369 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5389 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5402 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5403 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5406 \begin_layout Labeling
5407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5409 \begin_inset space ~
5412 labels LyX uses the first
5413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5420 of each line as the item label.
5425 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5426 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5427 blank as described above.
5430 \begin_layout Labeling
5431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5432 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5433 the body of the item text.
5434 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5435 label width plus a little extra space.
5439 \begin_layout Labeling
5440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5445 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5447 If the label width is larger, the label
5448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5455 into the first line.
5456 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5457 margin of the rest of the item text.
5460 \begin_layout Labeling
5461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5466 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5471 environment have the same left margin.
5472 \begin_inset Newline newline
5475 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5478 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5480 \begin_inset space ~
5489 \begin_inset space ~
5494 determines the default label width.
5495 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 multiple times instead.
5505 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5514 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5517 \begin_inset space ~
5522 every time you alter a label in a
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 The predefined default width is the length of
5531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5540 \begin_inset Newline newline
5544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5552 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5553 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5561 \begin_layout Standard
5566 environment the same way like the
5570 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5576 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5585 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5587 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5589 \begin_inset space ~
5593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5595 reference "sec:Nesting"
5599 to learn about nesting.
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 There is yet another feature of the
5607 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5609 You can use additional
5613 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5618 are documented in section
5619 \begin_inset space ~
5623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5625 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5630 Here are some examples:
5633 \begin_layout Labeling
5634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5635 Left The default for
5642 \begin_layout Labeling
5643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5651 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5654 \begin_layout Labeling
5655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5667 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5670 \begin_layout Subsection
5675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5692 \begin_inset space ~
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5709 \begin_inset space ~
5715 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5716 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5717 In contrast, you can use the
5724 \begin_inset space ~
5729 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5730 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 Of course, you're not limited to using
5742 \begin_inset space ~
5751 \begin_inset space ~
5756 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5757 some European academic papers.
5760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5764 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5771 \begin_layout Standard
5776 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5777 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5781 \begin_inset space ~
5786 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5787 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5788 Here's an example of each:
5791 \begin_layout Right Address
5793 \begin_inset Newline newline
5797 \begin_inset Newline newline
5801 \begin_inset Newline newline
5804 When is it? What is today?
5807 \begin_layout Standard
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5817 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5818 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5819 Here's an example of the
5826 \begin_layout Address
5828 \begin_inset Newline newline
5831 Where do I send this
5832 \begin_inset Newline newline
5835 Your post office and country
5838 \begin_layout Standard
5839 As you can see, both
5846 \begin_inset space ~
5851 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5856 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5862 This makes sense, since
5870 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5871 Thus, you have to use
5882 \begin_inset space ~
5885 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5887 \begin_inset space ~
5896 menu) to start a new line in an
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5911 \begin_layout Subsection
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5916 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5917 or list of references.
5918 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5942 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5943 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5944 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5945 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5949 in anything else or vice versa.
5955 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5956 The book document classes ignores the
5960 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5964 in a letter document class.
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5972 environment does several things for you.
5973 First, it puts the centered label
5974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5984 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5985 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5986 the subsequent text.
5987 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5988 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5991 \begin_layout Standard
5992 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5996 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5997 The new paragraph will still be in the
6002 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6003 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6007 \begin_inset Float figure
6012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6014 \begin_inset Graphics
6015 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6024 \begin_inset Caption
6026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6029 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6055 environment, but since this document is in the
6056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 class, we can't do this.
6064 We inserted it therefore as figure
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6071 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6076 If you've never heard of an
6077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6084 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6105 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6117 environment is used to list references.
6118 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6119 only use it at the end of the document.
6124 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6127 \begin_layout Standard
6128 When you first open a
6132 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6148 depending on the document class.
6149 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6150 Each paragraph of the
6154 environment is a bibliography entry.
6159 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6160 Each new paragraph is still in the
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6176 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6183 \begin_layout Subsection
6190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6191 Paragraph ! LyX code
6197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6206 \begin_layout Standard
6211 environment is another LyX extension.
6212 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6217 key as a fixed whitespace;
6221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6233 \begin_inset space ~
6238 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6243 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6244 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6262 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6263 So, when you finish using the
6267 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6268 Also, you can nest the
6272 environment inside of others.
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6279 \begin_layout Itemize
6284 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6296 \begin_layout Itemize
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6314 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6330 \begin_layout Itemize
6331 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6332 You must put at least one
6336 in any line you want blank.
6337 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6345 since that will insert
6350 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6358 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6361 \begin_layout Standard
6365 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6369 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6373 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6377 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6381 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6382 printf("Hello World!
6387 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6391 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6395 \begin_layout Standard
6396 This is just the standard
6397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6408 \begin_layout Standard
6413 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6414 rc-files, and so on.
6415 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6416 as if you used a typewriter.
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 Paragraph environments|)
6429 \begin_layout Section
6430 Nesting Environments
6434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 Nesting ! Environments
6441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6450 \begin_layout Subsection
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6457 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6459 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6461 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6477 \begin_layout Enumerate
6482 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 \begin_layout Enumerate
6491 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 \begin_layout Standard
6496 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6497 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6500 \begin_inset space ~
6504 \begin_inset space ~
6512 \begin_inset space ~
6516 \begin_inset space ~
6525 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6526 will tell you how far you are nested).
6527 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6528 \begin_inset Graphics
6529 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6534 \begin_inset Graphics
6535 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6539 or the convenient key bindings
6547 to change the nesting level.
6548 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6549 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6553 \begin_layout Standard
6554 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6555 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6556 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6557 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6562 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6564 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6567 \begin_layout Subsection
6568 What You Can and Can't Nest
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6572 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6573 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6576 \begin_layout Standard
6577 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6578 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6579 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6582 \begin_layout Itemize
6583 Completely unnestable
6586 \begin_layout Itemize
6587 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6588 other things inside of them.
6591 \begin_layout Itemize
6592 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6598 environments have them:
6601 \begin_layout Description
6602 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6603 Can't nest into them.
6607 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 \begin_layout Itemize
6619 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 \begin_layout Itemize
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6638 \begin_layout Description
6640 \begin_inset space ~
6643 Nestable You can nest them.
6644 You can nest other things into them.
6648 \begin_layout Itemize
6654 \begin_layout Itemize
6660 \begin_layout Itemize
6666 \begin_layout Itemize
6672 \begin_layout Itemize
6678 \begin_layout Itemize
6684 \begin_layout Itemize
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6697 \begin_layout Description
6698 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6699 You can't nest anything into them.
6703 \begin_layout Itemize
6709 \begin_layout Itemize
6715 \begin_layout Itemize
6721 \begin_layout Itemize
6727 \begin_layout Itemize
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 \begin_layout Itemize
6745 \begin_layout Itemize
6751 \begin_layout Itemize
6757 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6785 \begin_inset space ~
6791 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6807 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6816 \begin_inset space ~
6820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6824 \begin_inset space ~
6827 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6828 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6829 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6837 \begin_layout Subsection
6838 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6843 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6851 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6858 \begin_layout Standard
6859 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6860 affected by nesting anyhow.
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6868 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 Figures and tables in
6890 are not affected by this.
6895 Have a look at section
6896 \begin_inset space ~
6900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6902 reference "sec:Floats"
6906 for more informations about
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6914 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6915 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6928 of its own, it behaves just like a
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6936 paragraph environment.
6937 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Here's an example with a table:
6945 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 \begin_layout Enumerate
6951 This is (a) and it's nested.
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_inset Tabular
6965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 This is (a) and it's nested.
7084 \begin_layout Standard
7085 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7093 \begin_inset Tabular
7094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7181 \begin_layout Standard
7182 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7188 \begin_layout Enumerate
7195 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7198 \begin_layout Enumerate
7202 \begin_layout Standard
7203 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7210 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7213 \begin_layout Enumerate
7218 \begin_layout Enumerate
7219 This is (a) and it's nested.
7222 \begin_layout Standard
7223 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7231 \begin_inset Tabular
7232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7319 \begin_layout Standard
7320 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7326 \begin_layout Enumerate
7328 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7336 \begin_layout Enumerate
7340 \begin_layout Standard
7341 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7347 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7348 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7352 \begin_layout Subsection
7353 Usage and General Features
7354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7356 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7373 is the innermost possible depth.
7374 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7377 \begin_layout Enumerate
7378 level #1 - outermost
7382 \begin_layout Enumerate
7387 \begin_layout Enumerate
7392 \begin_layout Enumerate
7397 \begin_layout Itemize
7402 \begin_layout Itemize
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7412 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7413 both of them in the example.
7414 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7424 For example, if we tried to nest another
7429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7439 \begin_layout Subsection
7444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7455 We have several examples of nested environments.
7456 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7461 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7464 \begin_layout Labeling
7465 \labelwidthstring MMM
7466 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7475 \begin_layout Labeling
7476 \labelwidthstring MMM
7477 #2-a This is level #2.
7478 We created it by using
7490 \begin_layout Labeling
7491 \labelwidthstring MMM
7492 #3-a This is level #3.
7493 This time, we just hit
7502 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7515 \begin_layout Standard
7520 environment, nested inside of
7521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7529 So, it's at level #4.
7530 We did this by hitting
7538 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7543 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7564 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7571 \begin_layout Labeling
7572 \labelwidthstring MMM
7573 #4-a This is level #4.
7578 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7583 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7587 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7592 keep nesting things inside of
7593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7604 \begin_layout Labeling
7605 \labelwidthstring MMM
7606 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7611 \begin_layout Labeling
7612 \labelwidthstring MMM
7613 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7614 and this is level #6.
7615 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7619 \begin_layout Labeling
7620 \labelwidthstring MMM
7621 #5-b Back to level #5.
7634 \begin_layout Labeling
7635 \labelwidthstring MMM
7644 , we're back at level #4.
7648 \begin_layout Labeling
7649 \labelwidthstring MMM
7650 #3-b Back to level #3.
7651 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7655 \begin_layout Labeling
7656 \labelwidthstring MMM
7657 #2-b Back to level #2.
7662 \begin_layout Labeling
7663 \labelwidthstring MMM
7664 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7665 After this sentence, we'll hit
7669 and change the paragraph environment back to
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 We could have also used the
7693 environment in place of the
7698 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7702 Example 2: Inheritance
7705 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7706 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7719 , after which, we'll change to the
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 environment, at level #2.
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 Notice how the nested
7740 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7744 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 We ended this example by hitting
7754 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7758 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7766 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7779 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7788 This is level #1, in an
7792 paragraph environment.
7793 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7797 \begin_layout Enumerate
7808 Now, what happens if we nest an
7812 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7813 label be? An asterisk?
7817 \begin_layout Itemize
7827 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7828 So, its label is a bullet.
7829 (We got here by using
7837 , then changing the environment to
7845 \begin_layout Itemize
7846 Here's level #4, produced using
7855 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7860 \begin_layout Enumerate
7861 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7863 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7868 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7872 , because we are in the
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7902 type of numbering does LyX use?
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7906 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7910 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7913 \begin_layout Enumerate
7918 to decrease the depth after the next
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7928 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7932 \begin_layout Enumerate
7934 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7935 numeral as the label.Why?
7938 \begin_layout Enumerate
7939 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7948 Notice, however, that LyX
7952 reset the counter for the label.
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7966 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7967 into the twofold-nested
7975 \begin_layout Enumerate
7976 The same thing happens if we do another
7984 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7993 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8007 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8013 The same rule applies for the
8017 environment, as well.
8020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8021 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8024 \begin_layout Enumerate
8025 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8026 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8027 same detail with how we did it.
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8039 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8041 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8042 example in parentheses someplace.
8043 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8044 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8045 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8049 \begin_layout Enumerate
8054 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8059 Now we'll add verse.
8060 \begin_inset Newline newline
8063 It will get much worse.
8064 \begin_inset Newline newline
8069 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8075 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8076 \begin_inset Newline newline
8079 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8080 \begin_inset Newline newline
8093 \begin_layout Standard
8094 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8102 \begin_inset Tabular
8103 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8194 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8198 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8204 \begin_layout Enumerate
8209 : level #1) This is another item.
8210 Note that selecting a
8214 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8215 3 times to put the table inside the
8223 \begin_layout Quotation
8224 We're now ending the
8228 list and changing to
8233 We're still at level #1.
8234 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8235 The next set of paragraphs is a
8236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8250 \begin_inset space ~
8255 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8259 for the letter body.
8264 to preserve the depth.
8265 Remember that you need to use
8269 to create multiple lines inside the
8276 \begin_inset space ~
8286 \begin_layout Right Address
8288 \begin_inset Newline newline
8291 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8292 \begin_inset Newline newline
8298 \begin_layout Address
8300 \begin_inset space ~
8306 \begin_layout Quotation
8307 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8308 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8311 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8312 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8313 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8314 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8315 as soon as possible.
8316 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8319 \begin_layout Quotation
8320 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8321 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8322 with your order, along with payment.
8325 \begin_layout Quotation
8326 We thank you again for your patience.
8329 \begin_layout Address
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8338 \begin_layout Quotation
8339 That ends that example!
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8343 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8344 just a few keystrokes.
8345 We could have easily nested an
8366 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8369 \begin_layout Section
8370 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8383 \begin_layout Standard
8384 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8385 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8386 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8387 be broken at the end of a line.
8388 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8392 \begin_layout Subsection
8394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8396 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8413 \begin_layout Standard
8414 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8416 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8420 Further documentation is given in section
8421 \begin_inset Newline newline
8425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8427 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8435 \begin_layout Standard
8436 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8451 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8460 A protected space is set with
8462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8463 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8467 \begin_inset space ~
8481 \begin_layout Subsection
8483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8485 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8494 Spacing ! Horizontal
8502 \begin_layout Standard
8503 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8510 The length units are listed in Appendix
8511 \begin_inset space ~
8515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8517 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8528 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8551 \begin_inset space \space{}
8554 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8555 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8556 \begin_inset space ~
8560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8562 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8567 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8568 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8579 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8605 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8614 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8615 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8616 inside abbreviations:
8621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8625 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8630 \begin_inset space \space{}
8636 \begin_layout Standard
8637 or between values and units.
8638 Compare for example this:
8639 \begin_inset Newline newline
8643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8647 \begin_inset Newline newline
8653 \begin_layout Standard
8654 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8657 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8659 \begin_inset space ~
8671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8675 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8682 \begin_layout Standard
8683 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8686 \begin_layout Description
8688 \begin_inset space ~
8692 \begin_inset space ~
8696 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8700 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8704 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8707 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8710 \begin_layout Description
8712 \begin_inset space ~
8716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8720 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8724 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8728 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8735 em) space between the arrows.
8738 \begin_layout Description
8740 \begin_inset space ~
8744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8748 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8752 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8756 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8760 \begin_inset space ~
8764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8767 em) space between the arrows.
8770 \begin_layout Description
8772 \begin_inset space ~
8776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8780 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8784 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8788 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8792 \begin_inset space ~
8796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8799 em) space between the arrows.
8802 \begin_layout Description
8804 \begin_inset space ~
8808 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8812 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8817 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8824 cm space between the arrows.
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8835 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8839 lists the different space sizes.
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 \begin_inset Float table
8848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8850 \begin_inset Caption
8852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8855 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8859 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8869 \begin_inset Tabular
8870 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9110 in a uniform fashion.
9111 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9112 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9113 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9114 equally between themselves.
9118 \begin_layout Standard
9119 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9124 This is on the left side
9125 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9128 This is on the right
9134 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9147 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9151 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9161 \begin_layout Standard
9162 That was an example in the
9168 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9172 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9176 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9179 is one in a standard paragraph.
9180 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9184 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9187 \begin_layout Standard
9188 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9191 \begin_inset space ~
9196 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9199 \begin_layout Standard
9201 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9205 \begin_inset space ~
9211 \begin_layout Standard
9213 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9217 \begin_inset space ~
9223 \begin_layout Standard
9225 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9229 \begin_inset space ~
9235 \begin_layout Standard
9237 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9241 \begin_inset space ~
9247 \begin_layout Standard
9249 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9253 \begin_inset space ~
9259 \begin_layout Standard
9261 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9265 \begin_inset space ~
9271 \begin_layout Standard
9272 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9280 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9284 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9285 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9286 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9290 option in the space dialog.
9298 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9312 \begin_layout Standard
9313 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9315 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9318 \begin_layout Standard
9319 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9322 What is correct English?:
9323 \begin_inset Newline newline
9327 \begin_inset Newline newline
9331 \begin_inset space ~
9334 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9335 \begin_inset Newline newline
9342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9353 \begin_inset Newline newline
9360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9371 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9377 \begin_layout Standard
9378 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9383 \begin_inset space ~
9387 \begin_inset space ~
9391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9395 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9413 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9417 for more information about TeX-Code.
9423 In our case write the command
9430 (note the space after
9431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9438 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9439 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9440 That is why it is named
9441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9453 There exists also the commands
9465 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9466 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9467 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9469 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9481 \begin_layout Subsection
9483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9485 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9502 \begin_layout Standard
9503 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9508 \begin_inset space ~
9514 There you find the following sizes:
9517 \begin_layout Standard
9530 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9535 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9550 for the paragraph separation.
9551 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9562 \begin_layout Standard
9571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9577 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9578 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9580 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9581 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9590 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9599 s are described in section
9600 \begin_inset space ~
9604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9606 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9615 If there are several
9619 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9620 You can therefore use
9624 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9627 \begin_layout Standard
9632 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9633 \begin_inset space ~
9637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9639 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9646 \begin_layout Standard
9647 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9657 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9658 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9670 \begin_layout Subsection
9674 \begin_layout Standard
9675 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9677 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9681 There are four possibilities:
9684 \begin_layout Itemize
9690 \begin_layout Itemize
9696 \begin_layout Itemize
9702 \begin_layout Itemize
9708 \begin_layout Standard
9709 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9710 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9711 the left and right margins.
9712 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9715 \begin_layout Standard
9717 This paragraph is right aligned,
9720 \begin_layout Standard
9722 this one is centered,
9725 \begin_layout Standard
9727 this one is left aligned.
9730 \begin_layout Subsection
9735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9744 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9751 \begin_layout Standard
9752 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9753 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9754 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9755 Only if you use many
9759 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9762 \begin_layout Standard
9763 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9764 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9768 have to change the pagebreaking.
9771 \begin_layout Standard
9772 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9774 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9776 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9777 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9779 \begin_inset space ~
9785 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9788 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9790 \begin_inset space ~
9795 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9797 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9798 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9802 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9803 at the top of a page.
9804 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9805 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9806 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9807 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9811 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9826 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9843 \begin_layout Standard
9844 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9845 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9846 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9847 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9848 if necessary by adding pages.
9851 \begin_layout Standard
9852 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9855 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9857 \begin_inset space ~
9863 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9866 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9868 \begin_inset space ~
9872 \begin_inset space ~
9877 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9878 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9881 \begin_layout Subsection
9886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9895 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9902 \begin_layout Standard
9903 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9905 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9908 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9910 \begin_inset space ~
9914 \begin_inset space ~
9924 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9926 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9927 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9929 \begin_inset space ~
9933 \begin_inset space ~
9938 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9940 This is necessary to avoid
9941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9948 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9952 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9953 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9954 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9955 set a linebreak, e.g.
9956 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9957 \begin_inset space ~
9961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9963 reference "sec:Quote"
9968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9970 reference "sec:Verse"
9975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9977 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9984 \begin_layout Subsection
9986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9988 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 \begin_layout Standard
10010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10011 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10013 \begin_inset space ~
10018 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10024 \begin_layout Section
10025 Characters and Symbols
10028 \begin_layout Standard
10029 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10030 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10035 \begin_inset space ~
10038 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10046 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10050 for informations how this is done.
10053 \begin_layout Standard
10054 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10059 dialog via the menu
10061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10062 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10068 \begin_layout Standard
10069 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10077 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10078 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10079 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10087 \begin_layout Section
10088 Fonts and Text Styles
10089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10091 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10098 \begin_layout Subsection
10103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10112 \begin_layout Standard
10113 There are two types of fonts:
10116 \begin_layout Description
10118 \begin_inset space ~
10125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10131 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10132 characters) in the font.
10133 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10134 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10135 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10136 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10137 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10138 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10139 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10140 provide a good image.
10141 \begin_inset Newline newline
10144 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10145 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10146 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10147 sizes than at small ones.
10148 \begin_inset Newline newline
10162 \begin_inset space ~
10170 \begin_layout Description
10172 \begin_inset space ~
10179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10185 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10186 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10187 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10188 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10189 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10190 picture manipulation program.
10191 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10192 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10193 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10194 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10195 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10197 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10198 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10199 \begin_inset Newline newline
10202 Bitmap fonts are named
10205 \begin_inset space ~
10210 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10213 \begin_layout Standard
10214 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10215 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10216 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10217 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10221 \begin_layout Standard
10222 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10223 its document properties.
10226 \begin_layout Standard
10227 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10228 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10229 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10230 font to emphasize text, you use an
10231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10239 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10240 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10244 \begin_layout Subsection
10245 Document Font and Font size
10246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10248 name "sub:Document-Font"
10256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10275 \begin_layout Standard
10276 You can set the document fonts in the
10278 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10286 Document ! Settings
10292 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10293 font shapes roman (serif),
10296 \begin_inset space ~
10308 \begin_layout Standard
10309 The possible options for the font include
10313 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10318 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10340 European Computer Modern
10343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10353 \begin_layout Standard
10362 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10363 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10368 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10371 \begin_inset space ~
10376 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10382 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10383 There are three ways to use one:
10386 \begin_layout Itemize
10387 One way is to use the
10397 Virtual means that it
10398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10409 -glyphs from other fonts.
10410 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10432 Loading the LaTeX-package
10440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10441 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10446 with the document preamble line
10449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10454 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10458 will fix the guillemet problem.
10463 and that accented characters are not
10467 glyph, they are build of
10471 characters, the accent and the letter.
10472 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10476 fonts for words with accented characters.
10477 If you search for example for the French word
10478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10485 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10494 and not for the glyph
10495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10499 \begin_inset space ~
10503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10509 \begin_layout Itemize
10510 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10523 , consists of these three main font types
10526 \begin_inset space ~
10547 \begin_inset space ~
10557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10561 \begin_inset space ~
10568 as typewriter font.
10569 \begin_inset Newline newline
10572 The differences between roman,
10575 \begin_inset space ~
10584 fonts are explained in section
10585 \begin_inset space ~
10589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10591 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10596 \begin_inset Newline newline
10602 \begin_inset space ~
10607 was originally designed for newspapers.
10608 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10609 into the small newspaper columns.
10613 \begin_inset space ~
10618 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10621 \begin_layout Itemize
10622 The best solution is to use the
10627 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10634 \begin_layout Standard
10635 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10638 For the font size there are four possible values:
10655 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10658 \begin_layout Standard
10659 The font sizes are the
10664 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10665 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10666 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10669 \begin_inset space ~
10675 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10676 \begin_inset space ~
10680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10682 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10689 \begin_layout Standard
10690 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10694 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10702 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10706 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10707 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10708 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10710 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10713 dialog, see section
10714 \begin_inset space ~
10718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10720 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10732 \begin_layout Subsection
10733 Using Different Character Styles
10737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10756 \begin_layout Standard
10757 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10758 certain paragraph environments.
10759 LyX supports two character styles,
10768 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10772 \begin_layout Standard
10777 style, do one of the following:
10780 \begin_layout Itemize
10781 click on the toolbar button
10782 \begin_inset Graphics
10783 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10790 \begin_layout Itemize
10791 use the key binding
10794 \begin_inset space ~
10800 \begin_layout Standard
10801 These commands are all toggles.
10806 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10809 \begin_layout Standard
10810 One typically uses the
10814 style for proper names.
10816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10823 is the original author of LyX.
10824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10830 \begin_layout Standard
10831 A more widely used character style is the
10836 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10843 \begin_layout Itemize
10844 clicking on the toolbar button
10845 \begin_inset Graphics
10846 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10853 \begin_layout Itemize
10854 using the keybindings
10857 \begin_inset space ~
10863 \begin_layout Standard
10868 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10869 es use a different font.
10872 \begin_layout Standard
10873 We've been using the
10877 style all over the place in this document.
10878 Here's one more example:
10881 \begin_layout Quotation
10884 Don't overuse character styles!
10887 \begin_layout Standard
10888 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10889 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10890 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10891 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10895 \begin_layout Standard
10896 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10899 \begin_inset space ~
10906 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10908 \begin_inset space ~
10916 \begin_layout Subsection
10917 Fine-Tuning with the
10922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10924 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10941 \begin_layout Standard
10942 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10943 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10944 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10945 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10946 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10947 from ordinary dialog.
10950 \begin_layout Standard
10951 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10952 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10953 \begin_inset Newline newline
10956 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10957 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10960 \begin_layout Standard
10961 To use custom character styles, open the
10963 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10965 \begin_inset space ~
10971 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10972 font property which you can choose.
10973 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10976 \begin_inset space ~
10981 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10986 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10987 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10988 environments in a snap.
10991 \begin_layout Standard
10992 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10995 \begin_inset space ~
11007 \begin_layout Labeling
11008 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11022 The possible options are:
11026 \begin_layout Labeling
11027 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11032 This is the Roman font family.
11033 Normally a serif font.
11034 It's also the default family.
11039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11051 \begin_inset space ~
11060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11068 \begin_inset Note Note
11071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11072 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11073 It is explained in section
11074 \begin_inset space ~
11078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11080 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11092 \begin_layout Labeling
11093 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11097 \begin_inset space ~
11104 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11123 \begin_inset space ~
11132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11142 \begin_layout Labeling
11143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11150 This is the Typewriter font family.
11157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11169 \begin_inset space ~
11178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11191 \begin_layout Labeling
11192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11197 This corresponds to the print weight.
11202 \begin_layout Labeling
11203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11208 This is the Medium font series.
11209 It's also the default series.
11212 \begin_layout Labeling
11213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11220 This is the Bold font series.
11227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11239 \begin_inset space ~
11248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11259 \begin_layout Labeling
11260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11265 As the name implies.
11270 \begin_layout Labeling
11271 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11276 This is the Upright font shape.
11277 It's also the default shape.
11280 \begin_layout Labeling
11281 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11295 s the Italic font shape
11301 \begin_layout Labeling
11302 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11309 This is the Slanted font shape
11311 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11314 \begin_layout Labeling
11315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11319 \begin_inset space ~
11326 This is the Small caps font shape
11333 \begin_layout Labeling
11334 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11339 Alters the size of the font.
11340 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11341 nal to the document font size.
11342 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11343 what you want to do.
11348 \begin_layout Labeling
11349 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11383 \begin_inset space ~
11392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11415 \begin_inset space ~
11424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11434 \begin_layout Labeling
11435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11469 \begin_inset space ~
11478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11488 \begin_layout Labeling
11489 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11523 \begin_inset space ~
11532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11555 \begin_inset space ~
11564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11574 \begin_layout Labeling
11575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11609 \begin_inset space ~
11618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11641 \begin_inset space ~
11650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11660 \begin_layout Labeling
11661 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11675 It's also the default size.
11680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11692 \begin_inset space ~
11701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11724 \begin_inset space ~
11733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11743 \begin_layout Labeling
11744 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11778 \begin_inset space ~
11787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11810 \begin_inset space ~
11819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11829 \begin_layout Labeling
11830 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11864 \begin_inset space ~
11873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11896 \begin_inset space ~
11905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11915 \begin_layout Labeling
11916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11950 \begin_inset space ~
11959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11969 \begin_layout Labeling
11970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12004 \begin_inset space ~
12013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12036 \begin_inset space ~
12045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12055 \begin_layout Labeling
12056 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12090 \begin_inset space ~
12099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12122 \begin_inset space ~
12131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12142 \begin_layout Standard
12147 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12148 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12149 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12150 - use that instead.
12151 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12154 \begin_layout Labeling
12155 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12160 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12165 \begin_layout Labeling
12166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12173 This is text with emphasize on
12176 This might seem like the same as
12180 , but it is actually a bit different.
12186 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12188 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12191 \begin_layout Labeling
12192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12199 This is text with Underbar on.
12206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12218 \begin_inset space ~
12227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12237 \begin_inset Newline newline
12242 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12243 when you couldn't change fonts.
12244 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12245 It's only included in LyX because some people
12249 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12252 \begin_layout Labeling
12253 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12260 This is text with Noun on.
12267 , this is a logical attribute.
12268 Normally it's equivalent to
12271 \begin_inset space ~
12280 \begin_layout Labeling
12281 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12286 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12287 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12291 \begin_inset space ~
12296 , which is the default
12297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12304 and means normally black, you can choose between
12340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12349 \begin_layout Labeling
12350 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12355 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12356 the language of the document.
12357 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12361 \begin_layout Standard
12362 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12363 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12365 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12367 \begin_inset space ~
12372 dialog, the settings are saved.
12373 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12374 \begin_inset Graphics
12375 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12380 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12381 when the dialog isn't visible.
12385 \begin_layout Standard
12386 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12389 \begin_inset space ~
12395 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12396 (suppose you just set the shape to
12397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12415 \begin_inset space ~
12427 \begin_layout Standard
12428 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12436 \begin_inset space ~
12448 \begin_layout Itemize
12454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12461 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12479 \begin_inset Newline newline
12486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12511 \begin_inset Note Note
12514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12515 For more on phantoms see section
12516 \begin_inset space ~
12520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12522 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12532 \begin_inset Newline newline
12538 \begin_layout Itemize
12543 fonts use characters with serifs.
12544 These are the small
12545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12552 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12553 The following example will show the difference:
12554 \begin_inset Newline newline
12558 \begin_inset Newline newline
12563 text without serifs
12566 \begin_inset Newline newline
12569 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12570 They are therefore used as default font (named
12577 \begin_layout Itemize
12583 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12584 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12587 \begin_layout Standard
12588 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12589 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12592 \begin_layout Section
12593 Printing and Previewing
12596 \begin_layout Subsection
12600 \begin_layout Standard
12601 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12602 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12603 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12604 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12605 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12608 \begin_inset space ~
12616 \begin_layout Standard
12617 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12618 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12619 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12620 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12621 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12622 This happens in two stages:
12625 \begin_layout Enumerate
12626 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12627 generating a file with the extension,
12628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12642 \begin_layout Enumerate
12643 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12647 file to produce printable output.
12651 \begin_layout Subsection
12652 Output file formats
12656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12665 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12672 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12678 File formats ! ASCII
12686 \begin_layout Standard
12687 This file type has the extension
12688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12700 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12704 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12711 \begin_layout Standard
12712 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12714 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12715 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12721 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12727 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12735 \begin_layout Standard
12736 This file type has the extension
12737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12748 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12750 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12751 it manually with console commands.
12752 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12753 you view or export your document.
12756 \begin_layout Standard
12757 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12759 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12760 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12791 \begin_layout Standard
12792 This file type has the extension
12793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12813 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12814 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12815 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12817 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12821 \begin_layout Standard
12822 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12830 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12831 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12836 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12837 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12838 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12839 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12842 \begin_layout Standard
12843 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12845 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12846 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12858 File formats ! PostScript
12866 \begin_layout Standard
12867 This file type has the extension
12868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12880 PostScript was developed by the company
12884 as printer language.
12885 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12887 PostScript can be seen as
12888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12891 programming language
12892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12895 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12900 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12910 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12920 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12923 \begin_layout Standard
12924 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12928 Encapsulated PostScript
12929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12932 (EPS, file extension
12933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12945 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12946 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12947 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12948 whenever you view or export your document.
12949 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12950 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12951 EPS to avoid this problem.
12954 \begin_layout Standard
12955 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12957 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12958 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12964 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12988 \begin_layout Standard
12989 This file type has the extension
12990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13006 Portable Document Format
13007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13010 (PDF) is developed by
13014 as derivative from PostScript.
13015 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13024 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13025 looks exactly the same.
13028 \begin_layout Standard
13029 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13033 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13037 (JPG, file extension
13038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13065 Portable Network Graphics
13066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13069 (PNG, file extension
13070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13082 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13083 in the background to one of these formats.
13084 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13085 will slow down your workflow.
13086 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13089 \begin_layout Standard
13090 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13092 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13095 in three different ways:
13098 \begin_layout Description
13099 PDF This uses the program
13103 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13104 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13108 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13109 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13112 \begin_layout Description
13114 \begin_inset space ~
13117 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13121 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13125 \begin_layout Description
13127 \begin_inset space ~
13130 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13134 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13137 \begin_layout Standard
13138 We recommend to use
13141 \begin_inset space ~
13150 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13156 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13159 \begin_layout Subsection
13164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13173 \begin_layout Standard
13174 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13175 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13179 and choose a file type.
13180 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13183 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13186 you can use the toolbar button
13187 \begin_inset Graphics
13188 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13198 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13200 \begin_inset space ~
13206 \begin_inset Graphics
13207 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13213 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13217 \begin_inset Graphics
13218 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13229 \begin_layout Standard
13230 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13231 viewer window using the menu
13233 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13239 \begin_layout Standard
13240 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13242 To have a real output, export your document.
13245 \begin_layout Subsection
13246 Printing the File from within LyX
13247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13249 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13256 \begin_layout Standard
13257 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13258 it directly from within LyX.
13259 To print a file, select the menu
13261 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13264 or click on the toolbar button
13265 \begin_inset Graphics
13266 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13271 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13272 This file is then processed by the program
13276 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13281 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13284 \begin_layout Standard
13285 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13286 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13287 printing one set to print on the other side.
13288 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13289 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13290 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13293 \begin_layout Standard
13294 You can set the parameters in the
13297 \begin_inset space ~
13305 \begin_layout Labeling
13306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13311 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13316 Note that this printer name is for the program
13325 has to be configured for this printer name.
13326 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13327 \begin_inset space ~
13331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13333 reference "sub:Printer"
13342 The printer should understand PostScript.
13345 \begin_layout Labeling
13346 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13351 The name of a file to print to.
13352 The output will be a PostScript file.
13353 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13357 \begin_layout Section
13358 A few Words about Typography
13362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13371 \begin_layout Subsection
13376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13392 \begin_layout Standard
13394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13405 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13420 \begin_layout Enumerate
13422 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13426 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13444 \begin_layout Enumerate
13446 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13450 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13481 \begin_layout Enumerate
13483 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13487 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13531 \begin_layout Enumerate
13533 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13537 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13541 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13559 \begin_layout Standard
13560 You generate them by inserting the
13561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13572 character multiple times in a row.
13573 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13574 final output, but not in LyX.
13577 \begin_layout Standard
13578 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13579 math mode and has a length of its own.
13580 Here are some examples of the
13581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13595 \begin_layout Enumerate
13596 line- and page-breaks
13597 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13607 \begin_layout Enumerate
13609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13619 \begin_layout Enumerate
13620 Oh --- there's a dash.
13621 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13631 \begin_layout Enumerate
13632 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13636 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13646 \begin_layout Subsection
13651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13660 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13667 \begin_layout Standard
13668 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13669 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13678 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13683 following the rules of the document language
13687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13688 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13696 \begin_inset space ~
13700 \begin_inset space ~
13707 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13718 \begin_layout Standard
13719 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13724 and with unusual constructs, like
13725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13733 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13734 This is done with the menu
13736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13737 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13739 \begin_inset space ~
13745 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13746 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13749 \begin_layout Standard
13750 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13751 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13752 a hyphen and a space in the form
13753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13761 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13769 as hyphenation possibility.
13770 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13771 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13772 of the LaTeX-box-command
13778 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13779 As LyX doesn't support
13785 , we have to use TeX Code.
13786 The result looks in LyX like:
13789 \begin_layout Standard
13790 \begin_inset Graphics
13791 filename clipart/mbox.png
13798 \begin_layout Standard
13799 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13800 \begin_inset space ~
13804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13806 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13813 \begin_layout Subsection
13818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13827 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13828 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13831 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13838 \begin_layout Standard
13839 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13840 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13841 LaTeX then adds the
13842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13845 appropriate amount of space
13846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13850 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13852 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13855 \begin_layout Standard
13856 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13870 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13871 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13874 \begin_layout Standard
13875 Here are some examples of
13879 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13882 \begin_layout Itemize
13887 \begin_layout Itemize
13892 \begin_layout Standard
13893 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13896 \begin_layout Itemize
13899 this is too much space!
13902 \begin_layout Itemize
13907 \begin_layout Standard
13908 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13911 \begin_layout Standard
13912 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13915 \begin_layout Enumerate
13919 \begin_inset space ~
13924 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13925 \begin_inset space ~
13929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13931 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13940 Spaces ! inter-word
13948 \begin_layout Enumerate
13952 \begin_inset space ~
13957 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13958 \begin_inset space ~
13962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13964 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13981 \begin_layout Enumerate
13985 \begin_inset space ~
13989 \begin_inset space ~
13993 \begin_inset space ~
14000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14002 \begin_inset space ~
14007 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14008 This function is also bound to
14015 \begin_layout Standard
14016 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14019 \begin_layout Itemize
14021 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14025 \begin_inset space \space{}
14028 this is too much space!
14031 \begin_layout Itemize
14032 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14036 \begin_layout Standard
14037 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14038 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14039 LaTeX will care about this.
14042 \begin_layout Standard
14043 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14047 \begin_inset space ~
14052 feature described in section
14063 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14069 Typography ! Quotes
14078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14116 \begin_layout Standard
14117 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14118 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14119 and use a closing quote at the end.
14121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14129 The keyboard character,
14133 , generates this automatically.
14136 \begin_layout Standard
14137 You can change the behavior of the
14141 key using the submenu
14147 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14155 Document ! Settings
14163 \begin_layout Standard
14164 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14169 There are six choices:
14172 \begin_layout Labeling
14173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14185 Use quotes like this
14186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14194 \begin_inset Quotes els
14198 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14204 \begin_layout Labeling
14205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14208 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14212 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14218 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14222 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14226 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14232 \begin_layout Labeling
14233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14236 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14240 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14246 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14250 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14254 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14258 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14264 \begin_layout Labeling
14265 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14268 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14272 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14278 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14282 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14286 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14290 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14296 \begin_layout Labeling
14297 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14300 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14304 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14310 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14314 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14318 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14322 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14328 \begin_layout Labeling
14329 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14332 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14336 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14342 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14346 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14350 \begin_inset Quotes als
14354 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14360 \begin_layout Standard
14361 These settings affects what character the
14368 \begin_layout Subsection
14373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14374 Typography ! Ligatures
14383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14414 name "sub:Ligatures"
14421 \begin_layout Standard
14422 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14423 print them as single characters.
14424 These groups are known as
14429 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14431 Here are the standard ligatures:
14434 \begin_layout Itemize
14438 \begin_layout Itemize
14442 \begin_layout Itemize
14446 \begin_layout Itemize
14450 \begin_layout Itemize
14454 \begin_layout Standard
14455 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14458 \begin_layout Standard
14459 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14460 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14468 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14484 To break a ligature, use
14486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14487 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14489 \begin_inset space ~
14496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14507 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14524 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14532 \begin_layout Subsection
14537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14538 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14546 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14553 \begin_layout Standard
14554 You have surely noticed, that the word
14555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14562 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14563 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14564 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14584 \begin_inset Note Note
14587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14588 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14596 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14597 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14602 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14606 \begin_layout Description
14607 LyX The name of the game, write
14608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14629 \begin_layout Description
14630 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14652 \begin_layout Description
14653 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14675 \begin_layout Description
14676 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14698 \begin_layout Standard
14699 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14704 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14712 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14713 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14714 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14717 : The actual version is
14718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14725 , the previous one was
14726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14736 \begin_layout Standard
14737 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14738 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14740 This will look in LyX like:
14741 \begin_inset Graphics
14742 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14747 \begin_inset Newline newline
14750 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14751 \begin_inset space ~
14755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14757 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14764 \begin_layout Subsection
14769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14778 \begin_layout Standard
14779 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14780 space between two words.
14781 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14791 for units use the menu
14793 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14794 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14796 \begin_inset space ~
14808 \begin_layout Standard
14809 Here's an example to show the differences:
14812 \begin_layout Standard
14813 \begin_inset Tabular
14814 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14816 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14817 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14824 \begin_inset space ~
14828 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14840 space between number and unit
14847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14852 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14856 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14868 half space between number and unit
14881 \begin_layout Subsection
14886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14887 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14902 \begin_layout Standard
14903 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14905 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14906 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14907 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14908 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14909 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14910 These bits of text became known as
14921 \begin_layout Standard
14922 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14923 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14924 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14925 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14926 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14927 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14928 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14931 \begin_layout Standard
14932 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14933 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14934 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14935 \begin_inset space ~
14939 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14941 key "latexcompanion"
14946 \begin_inset space ~
14950 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14956 ] may have more information.
14957 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14960 \begin_layout Chapter
14961 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14964 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14971 \begin_layout Standard
14972 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14977 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14980 \begin_layout Section
14985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15001 \begin_layout Standard
15002 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15005 \begin_layout Description
15007 \begin_inset space ~
15010 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15011 \begin_inset Newline newline
15015 \begin_inset Note Note
15018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15019 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15027 \begin_layout Description
15028 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15029 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15031 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15032 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15033 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15036 \begin_inset Newline newline
15040 \begin_inset Note Comment
15043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15044 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15052 \begin_layout Description
15054 \begin_inset space ~
15057 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15058 \begin_inset Newline newline
15062 \begin_inset Newline newline
15066 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15075 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15076 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15077 How this can be done is explained in the
15086 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15092 \begin_inset Newline newline
15096 \begin_inset Newline newline
15099 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15100 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15103 \begin_layout Standard
15104 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15105 \begin_inset Graphics
15106 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15108 scaleBeforeRotation
15114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15118 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15121 \begin_layout Section
15126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15135 name "sec:Footnotes"
15142 \begin_layout Standard
15143 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15146 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15149 or the toolbar button
15150 \begin_inset Graphics
15151 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15164 \begin_inset Graphics
15165 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15174 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15203 label, the box will
15207 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15208 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15221 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15237 \begin_layout Standard
15238 Here's an example footnote:
15246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15247 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15255 \begin_layout Standard
15256 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15257 position where the footnote box is placed.
15258 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15259 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15260 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15261 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15262 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15267 ey are described in the
15274 \begin_layout Section
15279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15288 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15295 \begin_layout Standard
15296 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15297 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15299 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15301 \begin_inset space ~
15306 or the toolbar button
15307 \begin_inset Graphics
15308 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15335 appearing within your text.
15336 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15345 \begin_layout Standard
15346 At the side is an example marginal note.
15350 \begin_inset Marginal
15353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15354 This is a marginal note.
15362 \begin_layout Standard
15363 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15364 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15365 pages, right on odd pages.
15368 \begin_layout Section
15369 Graphics and Images
15373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15392 name "sec:Graphics"
15399 \begin_layout Standard
15400 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15401 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15402 \begin_inset Graphics
15403 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15409 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15413 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15416 \begin_layout Standard
15417 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15422 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15423 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15425 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15426 \begin_inset space ~
15430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15432 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15439 \begin_layout Standard
15444 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15445 of the image in the output.
15446 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15450 \begin_inset space ~
15454 \begin_inset space ~
15463 \begin_inset space ~
15467 \begin_inset space ~
15471 \begin_inset space ~
15476 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15477 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15485 \begin_layout Standard
15488 LaTeX and LyX options
15490 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15491 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15495 \begin_inset space ~
15500 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15501 with the image size is printed.
15505 \begin_inset space ~
15509 \begin_inset space ~
15513 \begin_inset space ~
15518 is explained in the
15529 \begin_layout Standard
15530 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15531 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15533 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15537 \begin_layout Standard
15539 \begin_inset Graphics
15540 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15542 rotateOrigin center
15549 \begin_layout Standard
15550 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15551 the image into a float, see section
15552 \begin_inset space ~
15556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15558 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15565 \begin_layout Subsection
15570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15579 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15586 \begin_layout Standard
15587 You can insert images in any known file format.
15588 But as we explained in section
15589 \begin_inset space ~
15593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15595 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15599 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15600 LyX uses therefore the program
15604 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15605 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15606 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15607 \begin_inset space ~
15611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15613 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15620 \begin_layout Standard
15621 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15624 \begin_layout Description
15626 \begin_inset space ~
15629 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15630 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15631 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15635 Graphics Interchange Format
15636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15639 (GIF, file extension
15640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15687 Portable Network Graphics
15688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15691 (PNG, file extension
15692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15739 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15743 (JPG, file extension
15744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15802 \begin_layout Description
15804 \begin_inset space ~
15807 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15809 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15810 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15811 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15812 \begin_inset Newline newline
15815 Scalable image formats can be
15816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15819 Scalable Vector Graphics
15820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15823 (SVG, file extension
15824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15871 Encapsulated PostScript
15872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15875 (EPS, file extension
15876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15923 Portable Document Format
15924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15927 (PDF, file extension
15928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15950 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15951 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15952 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15958 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15966 \begin_layout Standard
15967 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15971 \begin_layout Section
15976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15992 \begin_layout Standard
15993 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15994 \begin_inset Graphics
15995 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16002 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16006 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16007 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16008 from the rest of the table.
16009 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16010 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16012 Here's an example table:
16015 \begin_layout Standard
16017 \begin_inset Tabular
16018 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16020 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16021 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16022 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16023 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16223 \begin_layout Subsection
16227 \begin_layout Standard
16228 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16229 brings up the table dialog.
16230 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16231 where the cursor is placed currently.
16232 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16233 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16234 done on all of your selection.
16237 \begin_layout Standard
16238 Additionally to the table dialog the
16241 \begin_inset space ~
16246 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16248 It is for example currently only possible to add
16249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16256 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16259 \begin_layout Standard
16263 \begin_inset space ~
16268 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16269 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16270 current cell respectively.
16271 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16273 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16274 of text, see section
16275 \begin_inset space ~
16279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16281 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16288 \begin_layout Standard
16289 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16295 This will merge the cells to
16299 cell, spread over more than one column.
16300 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16301 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16302 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16303 in the last row without the upper border:
16306 \begin_layout Standard
16308 \begin_inset Tabular
16309 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16310 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16311 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16312 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16313 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16314 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16325 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16334 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16410 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16445 \begin_layout Standard
16446 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16447 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16448 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16449 explained in the tables section of the
16452 \begin_inset space ~
16458 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16459 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16462 degrees counterclockwise.
16463 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16466 \begin_layout Standard
16467 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16475 Most DVI-viewers are
16479 able to display rotations.
16487 \begin_layout Standard
16492 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16497 adds lines for all cell borders.
16500 \begin_layout Subsection
16505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16506 Tables ! Longtables
16515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16524 \begin_layout Standard
16525 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16528 \begin_inset space ~
16532 \begin_inset space ~
16541 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16542 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16545 \begin_layout Description
16550 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16551 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16552 except for the first page, if
16555 \begin_inset space ~
16563 \begin_layout Description
16567 \begin_inset space ~
16572 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16573 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16576 \begin_layout Description
16581 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16582 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16583 except for the last page, if
16586 \begin_inset space ~
16594 \begin_layout Description
16598 \begin_inset space ~
16603 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16604 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16607 \begin_layout Standard
16608 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16609 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16610 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16611 The others will then be defined as
16616 In this context, first means first in this order:
16619 \begin_inset space ~
16631 \begin_inset space ~
16637 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16640 \begin_layout Standard
16642 \begin_inset Tabular
16643 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16644 <features islongtable="true">
16645 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16646 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16647 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16648 <row endfirsthead="true">
16649 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16655 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16660 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16669 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16679 <row endfirsthead="true">
16680 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16691 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16700 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16712 <row endhead="true">
16713 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16724 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16733 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16743 <row endhead="true">
16744 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16755 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16764 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16776 <row endfoot="true">
16777 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16788 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16797 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16828 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17769 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17778 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17787 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17798 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17829 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17860 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17891 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17922 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17953 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17984 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18015 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18046 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18077 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18108 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18139 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18170 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18201 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18232 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18263 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18294 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18325 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18356 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18387 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18418 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18449 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18480 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18511 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18542 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18573 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18604 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18635 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18666 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18728 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18758 <row endlastfoot="true">
18759 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18770 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18779 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18796 \begin_layout Subsection
18801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18810 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18817 \begin_layout Standard
18818 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18819 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18820 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18821 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18825 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18826 for the cell's paragraph.
18829 \begin_layout Standard
18830 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18831 for the column in the table dialog.
18832 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18833 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18837 \begin_layout Standard
18839 \begin_inset Tabular
18840 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18842 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18843 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18864 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18933 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18989 This is longer now.
18994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19045 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19046 This is longer now.
19051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19077 \begin_layout Standard
19078 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19079 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19080 Selection with the mouse or with
19084 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19085 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19086 the selection from outside the table.
19089 \begin_layout Section
19094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19101 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19110 \begin_layout Standard
19111 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19112 have a fixed location.
19114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19121 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19129 \begin_inset space ~
19134 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19135 too much notes at the page.
19138 \begin_layout Standard
19139 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19140 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19141 and pages without text.
19142 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19143 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19144 Floats are therefore numbered.
19145 Referencing is described in section
19146 \begin_inset space ~
19150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19152 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19159 \begin_layout Standard
19160 To insert a float, use the menu
19162 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19166 A box with a caption that has e.
19167 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19171 \begin_inset space ~
19175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19179 \begin_inset space ~
19183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19186 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19187 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19189 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19199 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19200 paragraph within the float.
19201 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19202 by left-clicking on the box label.
19203 A closed float box looks like this:
19204 \begin_inset Graphics
19205 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19210 -- a gray button with a red label.
19213 \begin_layout Standard
19214 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19215 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19218 \begin_layout Subsection
19222 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19228 Floats ! Figure floats
19234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19236 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19243 \begin_layout Standard
19246 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19247 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19250 inserts a float with the label
19251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19257 \begin_inset space ~
19263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19267 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19268 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19269 This is what we did for Figure
19270 \begin_inset space ~
19274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19276 reference "cap:Platypus"
19281 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19282 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19283 This was done in Figure
19284 \begin_inset space ~
19288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19290 reference "cap:Escher"
19297 \begin_layout Standard
19298 \begin_inset Float figure
19303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19305 \begin_inset Graphics
19306 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19308 rotateOrigin center
19315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19316 \begin_inset Caption
19318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19321 name "cap:Platypus"
19325 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19338 \begin_layout Standard
19339 \begin_inset Float figure
19344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19345 \begin_inset Caption
19347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19365 \begin_inset Graphics
19366 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19368 rotateOrigin center
19380 \begin_layout Standard
19381 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19383 As described in section
19384 \begin_inset space ~
19388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19390 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19394 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19396 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19399 and refer to it using the menu
19401 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19405 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19414 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19426 \begin_layout Standard
19427 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19428 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19429 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19430 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19432 \begin_inset space ~
19436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19438 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19442 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19443 You can also set the images one below the other.
19445 \begin_inset space ~
19449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19451 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19458 reference "fig:Platypus"
19462 are the subfigures.
19465 \begin_layout Standard
19466 \begin_inset Float figure
19471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19472 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19476 \begin_inset Float figure
19481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19482 \begin_inset Caption
19484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19487 name "fig:Undefinable"
19499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19500 \begin_inset Graphics
19501 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19512 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19516 \begin_inset Float figure
19521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19522 \begin_inset Caption
19524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19527 name "fig:Platypus"
19539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19540 \begin_inset Graphics
19541 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19553 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19560 \begin_inset Caption
19562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19565 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19569 Two distorted images.
19582 \begin_layout Standard
19583 Note that the caption is added to the
19586 \begin_inset space ~
19590 \begin_inset space ~
19595 as described in section
19596 \begin_inset space ~
19600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19602 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19609 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19615 Floats ! Table floats
19621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19623 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19630 \begin_layout Standard
19631 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19633 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19634 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19638 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19641 \begin_inset space ~
19645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19647 reference "cap:Table-float"
19651 is an example of a table float.
19654 \begin_layout Standard
19655 \begin_inset Float table
19660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19661 \begin_inset Caption
19663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19666 name "cap:Table-float"
19678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19680 \begin_inset Tabular
19681 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19812 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19833 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19835 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19856 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19877 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19883 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19891 \begin_layout Standard
19892 This float type is inserted with the menu
19894 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19895 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19899 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19900 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19904 , described in section
19905 \begin_inset space ~
19909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19911 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19918 \begin_layout Standard
19919 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19927 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19933 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19936 \begin_layout Standard
19941 floatname{algorithm}{your
19942 \begin_inset space ~
19948 \begin_layout Standard
19949 to the document preamble (menu
19951 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19958 \begin_inset space ~
19964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19978 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19984 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19992 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
19999 \begin_layout Standard
20000 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20008 \begin_inset Graphics
20009 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20011 rotateOrigin center
20018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20019 \begin_inset Caption
20021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20022 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20024 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20028 This is a wrapped figure.
20029 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20042 This float type is used if you want to
20043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20050 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20052 It can be inserted using the menu
20054 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20055 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20057 \begin_inset space ~
20062 if the LaTeX-package
20070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20071 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20081 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20084 \begin_inset space ~
20094 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20097 \begin_inset space ~
20101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20103 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20107 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20116 Available units are explained in Appendix
20117 \begin_inset space ~
20121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20123 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20132 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20136 \begin_layout Standard
20137 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20145 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20146 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20147 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20148 over some other text.
20156 \begin_layout Itemize
20157 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20158 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20159 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20160 breaks will appear.
20163 \begin_layout Itemize
20164 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20165 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20168 \begin_layout Itemize
20169 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20170 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20173 \begin_layout Itemize
20174 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20177 \begin_layout Subsection
20179 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20181 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20198 \begin_layout Standard
20199 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20200 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20204 \begin_inset space ~
20212 \begin_layout Standard
20213 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20214 have a multi-column document).
20215 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20218 \begin_inset space ~
20224 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20225 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20232 \begin_layout Standard
20233 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20234 format is also the same: Table
20235 \begin_inset space ~
20239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20241 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20245 is an example of a rotated table float.
20248 \begin_layout Standard
20249 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20257 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20265 \begin_layout Standard
20266 \begin_inset Float table
20271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20272 \begin_inset Caption
20274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20277 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20291 \begin_inset Tabular
20292 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20294 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20295 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20296 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20297 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20298 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20358 \begin_layout Subsection
20360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20362 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20379 \begin_layout Standard
20380 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20381 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20382 \begin_inset Newline newline
20388 \begin_inset space ~
20393 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20394 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20396 \begin_inset Newline newline
20402 \begin_inset space ~
20407 is used to rotate floats, see section
20408 \begin_inset space ~
20412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20414 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20421 \begin_layout Standard
20422 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20423 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20426 \begin_inset space ~
20430 \begin_inset space ~
20438 \begin_layout Description
20440 \begin_inset space ~
20444 \begin_inset space ~
20447 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20450 \begin_layout Description
20452 \begin_inset space ~
20456 \begin_inset space ~
20459 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20462 \begin_layout Description
20464 \begin_inset space ~
20468 \begin_inset space ~
20471 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20474 \begin_layout Description
20476 \begin_inset space ~
20480 \begin_inset space ~
20483 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20486 \begin_layout Standard
20487 The order of the above option is
20492 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20496 \begin_inset space ~
20500 \begin_inset space ~
20508 \begin_inset space ~
20512 \begin_inset space ~
20517 , and then the others.
20518 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20520 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20521 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20524 \begin_layout Standard
20525 By default, each options has its own rules:
20528 \begin_layout Standard
20532 \begin_inset space ~
20536 \begin_inset space ~
20541 only floats occupying less than 70
20542 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20545 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20548 \begin_layout Standard
20552 \begin_inset space ~
20556 \begin_inset space ~
20561 : only floats occupying less than 30
20562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20565 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20568 \begin_layout Standard
20572 \begin_inset space ~
20576 \begin_inset space ~
20581 : only if more than 50
20582 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20585 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20589 \begin_layout Standard
20590 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20594 \begin_inset space ~
20598 \begin_inset space ~
20606 \begin_layout Standard
20607 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20608 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20609 For this case you can use the option
20612 \begin_inset space ~
20618 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20620 Because the float is then no longer able to
20621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20628 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20631 \begin_layout Standard
20632 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20633 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20636 \begin_layout Standard
20637 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20639 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20641 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20648 \begin_layout Section
20653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20662 name "sec:Minipages"
20669 \begin_layout Standard
20670 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20672 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20673 \begin_inset space ~
20680 \begin_layout Standard
20681 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20683 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20687 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20688 and its alignment within the page.
20691 \begin_layout Standard
20693 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20702 height_special "totalheight"
20705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20708 This is a minipage.
20709 The text is set in an italic style.
20712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20715 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20716 another formatting.
20724 \begin_layout Standard
20725 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20728 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20732 as described in section
20733 \begin_inset space ~
20737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20739 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20744 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20750 \begin_layout Standard
20751 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20760 height_special "totalheight"
20763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20764 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20765 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20771 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20775 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20784 height_special "totalheight"
20787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20788 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20789 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20797 \begin_layout Standard
20798 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20804 \begin_layout Standard
20805 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20806 to other box types.
20807 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20818 \begin_layout Chapter
20819 Mathematical Formulas
20823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20864 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20871 \begin_layout Standard
20872 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20877 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20880 \begin_layout Section
20885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20894 \begin_layout Standard
20895 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20896 \begin_inset Graphics
20897 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20902 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20904 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20905 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20906 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20908 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20914 \begin_layout Standard
20915 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20919 \begin_inset space ~
20924 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20927 \begin_layout Standard
20928 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20929 line, like this one:
20932 \begin_layout Standard
20933 This is a line with an inline formula
20934 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20940 \begin_layout Standard
20941 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20943 \begin_inset Formula \[
20948 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20951 \begin_layout Standard
20952 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20968 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20969 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20973 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20976 \begin_inset space ~
20984 \begin_layout Subsection
20985 Navigating in Formulas
20989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20998 \begin_layout Standard
20999 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21000 achieved with the arrow keys.
21001 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21002 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21007 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21008 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21012 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21016 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21018 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21026 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21031 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21032 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21035 \begin_layout Standard
21040 , printed in this document as
21041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21062 \begin_inset Note Note
21065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21066 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21067 space character (visible space).
21072 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21073 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21074 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21079 For example, if you want
21080 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21134 , since in the latter case only the
21137 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21142 will be under the square root sign:
21143 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21149 \begin_layout Standard
21150 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21152 \begin_inset Formula \[
21153 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21156 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21160 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21161 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21164 \begin_layout Subsection
21168 \begin_layout Standard
21169 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21170 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21174 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21175 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21176 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21177 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21178 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21181 \begin_layout Subsection
21182 Exponents and Subscripts
21186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21205 \begin_layout Standard
21206 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21207 way is to use a command.
21209 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21212 , type in a formula
21218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21234 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21240 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21244 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21265 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21274 , you have to use an extra
21278 to separate the hat and the character.
21281 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21302 Subscripts are similar: To get
21303 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21326 \begin_layout Subsection
21331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21340 \begin_layout Standard
21341 Create a fraction with either the command
21348 \begin_inset Graphics
21349 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21357 \begin_inset space ~
21363 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21364 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21365 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21370 To move back up, press
21375 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21376 \begin_inset Formula \[
21377 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21379 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21386 \begin_layout Subsection
21391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21400 \begin_layout Standard
21401 Roots can be created using the
21404 \begin_inset space ~
21410 \begin_inset Graphics
21411 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21434 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21440 produces always a square root.
21443 \begin_layout Subsection
21444 Operators with Limits
21448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21465 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21467 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21474 \begin_layout Standard
21476 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21480 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21483 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21484 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21485 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21486 The sum operator will automatically place its
21487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21494 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21497 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21501 \begin_inset Formula \[
21502 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21506 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21510 \begin_layout Standard
21511 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21513 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21514 behind the operator and hitting
21520 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21521 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21523 \begin_inset space ~
21527 \begin_inset space ~
21535 \begin_layout Standard
21536 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21544 feature as addition, such as
21548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21555 \begin_inset Formula \[
21556 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21560 which will place the
21561 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21573 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21574 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21580 \begin_layout Standard
21581 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21588 Have a look at section
21589 \begin_inset space ~
21593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21595 reference "sub:Functions"
21599 for an explanation of function macros.
21602 \begin_layout Subsection
21607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21616 \begin_layout Standard
21617 Most math symbols can be found in the
21620 \begin_inset space ~
21625 under one of several categories; including
21642 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21646 \begin_layout Standard
21647 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21648 you don't have to use the
21651 \begin_inset space ~
21656 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21657 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21660 \begin_layout Subsection
21665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21672 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21674 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21681 \begin_layout Standard
21682 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21691 \begin_inset space ~
21697 \begin_inset Graphics
21698 filename ../images/math/space.png
21703 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21704 Here a example for the sequence
21709 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21713 \begin_inset Graphics
21714 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21719 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21720 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21721 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21722 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21727 \begin_layout Standard
21737 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21743 \begin_layout Standard
21753 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21759 \begin_layout Subsection
21764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21771 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21773 name "sub:Functions"
21780 \begin_layout Standard
21784 \begin_inset space ~
21789 contains under the button
21790 \begin_inset Graphics
21791 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21795 a number of functions, such as
21796 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21800 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21808 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21815 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21816 avoid confusions, because
21817 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21821 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21827 \begin_layout Standard
21828 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21830 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21834 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21840 \begin_layout Standard
21841 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21842 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21843 \begin_inset space ~
21847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21849 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21856 \begin_layout Subsection
21861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21870 \begin_layout Standard
21871 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21873 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21874 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21876 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21879 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21880 Our example is entered by typing
21888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21901 \begin_inset space ~
21905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21907 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21911 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21914 \begin_layout Standard
21915 \begin_inset Float table
21920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21921 \begin_inset Caption
21923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21926 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21930 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21940 \begin_inset Tabular
21941 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22029 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22083 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22137 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22191 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22245 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22299 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22353 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22407 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22461 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22506 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22527 \begin_layout Standard
22528 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22531 \begin_inset space ~
22537 \begin_inset Graphics
22538 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22542 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22546 \begin_layout Section
22547 Brackets and Delimiters
22551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22570 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22577 \begin_layout Standard
22578 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22579 For most purposes, using just the keys
22584 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22585 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22588 \begin_inset space ~
22594 \begin_inset Graphics
22595 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22600 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22602 \begin_inset Formula \[
22603 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22605 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22609 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22610 \begin_inset Formula \[
22611 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22618 \begin_layout Standard
22619 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22620 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22623 \begin_layout Standard
22624 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22625 left side and right side.
22626 If you use the option
22629 \begin_inset space ~
22634 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22635 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22636 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22637 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22640 \begin_layout Standard
22641 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22642 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22643 inside the brackets.
22644 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22649 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22652 \begin_layout Standard
22653 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22664 \begin_layout Section
22669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22676 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22678 name "sec:Grouping"
22685 \begin_layout Standard
22686 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22687 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22698 \begin_layout Standard
22699 \begin_inset Formula \[
22700 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22707 \begin_layout Standard
22708 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22723 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22724 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22725 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22728 \begin_layout Section
22729 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22754 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22762 \begin_layout Standard
22763 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22766 \begin_inset space ~
22772 \begin_inset Graphics
22773 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22778 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22779 Here is an example:
22780 \begin_inset Formula \[
22781 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22784 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22788 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22789 \begin_inset space ~
22793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22795 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22800 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22801 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22802 This alignment is set in the box
22807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22855 for every column as default.
22856 For example, the sequence
22857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22868 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22869 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22870 corresponds to the relevant column.
22871 The result will look like this:
22872 \begin_inset Formula \[
22874 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22875 column & has & has\, right\\
22876 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22883 \begin_layout Standard
22884 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22888 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22889 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22891 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22897 \begin_layout Standard
22898 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22899 It can be created with the menu
22901 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22902 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22904 \begin_inset space ~
22917 \begin_inset Formula \[
22921 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22928 \begin_layout Standard
22929 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22932 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22940 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22949 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22957 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22958 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22959 A new row is created by every further hit of
22967 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22968 Here is an example:
22969 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22970 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22971 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22975 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22976 where you want to start the shift and hit
22981 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22982 position to the next column.
22983 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22984 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22985 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22986 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22993 \begin_layout Standard
22994 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23001 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23002 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23005 reference "eq:asquared"
23010 The other types are described in section
23011 \begin_inset space ~
23015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23017 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23024 \begin_layout Section
23025 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23030 Math ! Formula numbering
23039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23040 Math ! Referencing formulas
23046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23048 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23055 \begin_layout Standard
23056 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23058 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23059 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23061 \begin_inset space ~
23069 \begin_inset space ~
23075 The formula number appears in LyX as
23076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23083 within parentheses.
23085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23092 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23094 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23095 the document class.
23096 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23097 separated by a dot:
23098 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23099 1+1=2\end{equation}
23106 \begin_inset space ~
23111 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23112 You can only number displayed formulas.
23115 \begin_layout Standard
23116 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23118 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23119 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23121 \begin_inset space ~
23125 \begin_inset space ~
23129 \begin_inset space ~
23137 \begin_inset space ~
23142 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23143 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23145 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23146 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23150 To number all lines use the shortcut
23153 \begin_inset space ~
23161 \begin_layout Standard
23162 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23165 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23166 A label is inserted with the menu
23168 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23171 when the cursor is in the formula.
23172 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23173 It is recommended to use the proposed
23174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23185 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23186 type when you have many labels in your document.
23187 We inserted in the following example the label
23188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23195 in the second line:
23196 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23197 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23198 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23202 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23203 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23213 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23215 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23217 \begin_inset space ~
23223 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23224 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23225 as the formula number:
23228 \begin_layout Standard
23229 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23232 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23239 \begin_layout Standard
23240 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23241 \begin_inset space ~
23245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23247 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23252 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23255 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23258 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23263 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23271 \begin_layout Section
23272 User defined math macros
23276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23285 name "sec:math-macros"
23292 \begin_layout Standard
23293 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23294 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23295 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23297 \begin_inset Newline newline
23300 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23301 \begin_inset Formula \[
23302 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23306 The general form of its solution is:
23307 \begin_inset Formula \[
23308 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23315 \begin_layout Standard
23316 The macro should print the parameters
23317 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23321 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23325 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23328 like in the equation above.
23331 \begin_layout Standard
23332 A macro is created by executing the command
23335 \begin_layout Standard
23342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23365 \begin_inset space ~
23369 \begin_inset space ~
23375 \begin_layout Standard
23376 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23377 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23378 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23379 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23383 \begin_layout Standard
23384 We have three arguments and name the macro
23385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23392 , so that the command is:
23395 \begin_layout Standard
23402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23427 \begin_layout Standard
23428 This results in the following macro definition box:
23429 \begin_inset Graphics
23430 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23435 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23436 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23437 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23441 \begin_inset Note Note
23444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23445 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23446 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23454 \begin_layout Standard
23455 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23456 the math panel or commands.
23457 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23458 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23469 for the first argument.
23470 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23471 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23472 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23473 in LyX with its full size.
23474 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23475 In our example we insert the sequence
23476 \begin_inset Newline newline
23504 \begin_inset Newline newline
23509 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23512 \begin_layout Standard
23513 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23528 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23531 \begin_layout Standard
23533 \begin_inset Graphics
23534 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23541 \begin_layout Standard
23542 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23543 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23544 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23545 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23546 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23549 \begin_layout Standard
23550 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23551 to the new definition.
23552 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23553 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23557 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23561 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23565 \begin_inset Formula \[
23573 \begin_layout Standard
23574 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23578 \begin_layout Standard
23592 \begin_inset Newline newline
23599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23625 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23628 \begin_layout Standard
23629 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23630 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23631 definition box in your document.
23632 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23634 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23636 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23641 \begin_layout Section
23645 \begin_layout Subsection
23650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23659 \begin_layout Standard
23660 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23661 To set a font in a formula, use the
23664 \begin_inset space ~
23670 \begin_inset Graphics
23671 filename ../images/math/font.png
23675 , or enter its command, listed in table
23676 \begin_inset space ~
23680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23682 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23689 \begin_layout Standard
23690 \begin_inset Float table
23695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23696 \begin_inset Caption
23698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23701 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23705 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23715 \begin_inset Tabular
23716 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23718 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23719 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23751 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23778 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23805 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23838 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23865 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23892 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23926 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23953 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23987 \begin_layout Standard
23988 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23996 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24012 \begin_layout Standard
24013 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24014 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24019 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24020 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24021 Here an example where a
24022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24033 denotes the set of numbers:
24034 \begin_inset Formula \[
24035 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24042 \begin_layout Standard
24043 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24054 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24058 \begin_inset Newline newline
24061 So better don't use this feature.
24064 \begin_layout Standard
24065 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24066 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24070 \begin_inset Newline newline
24073 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24079 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24080 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24086 \begin_layout Standard
24093 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24096 \begin_layout Standard
24097 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24099 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24100 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24102 \begin_inset space ~
24110 \begin_layout Subsection
24115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24124 \begin_layout Standard
24125 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24127 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24131 \begin_inset space ~
24135 \begin_inset space ~
24143 \begin_inset space ~
24149 \begin_inset Graphics
24150 filename ../images/math/font.png
24154 (alternatively the shortcut
24157 \begin_inset space ~
24163 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24164 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24165 Here is an example:
24166 \begin_inset Formula \[
24168 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24169 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24176 \begin_layout Subsection
24181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24190 \begin_layout Standard
24191 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24192 automatically chosen in most situations.
24210 For most characters,
24218 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24219 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24224 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24225 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24226 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24227 \begin_inset Graphics
24228 filename ../images/math/style.png
24233 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24234 For example, you can set
24235 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24238 , which is normally in
24247 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24251 The four styles are used in the following example:
24254 \begin_layout Standard
24255 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24259 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24263 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24267 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24273 \begin_layout Standard
24274 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24275 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24277 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24279 \begin_inset space ~
24284 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24285 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24286 will be adjusted to correspond.
24287 As example a formula in the font size
24288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24298 \begin_layout Standard
24302 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24308 \begin_layout Section
24312 \begin_layout Standard
24313 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24314 the document classes and into layout modules.
24318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24324 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24325 other than the AMS classes.
24327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24329 reference "sub:Modules"
24333 for more on layout modules.
24336 \begin_layout Section
24341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24360 \begin_layout Standard
24361 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24362 (AMS) that are in common use.
24365 \begin_layout Subsection
24366 Enabling AMS-Support
24369 \begin_layout Standard
24370 Selecting the checkbox
24373 \begin_inset space ~
24377 \begin_inset space ~
24381 \begin_inset space ~
24388 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24396 Document ! Settings
24404 \begin_inset space ~
24409 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24411 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24412 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24415 \begin_layout Subsection
24417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24419 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24428 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24436 \begin_layout Standard
24437 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24438 LyX allows you to choose between
24459 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24462 \begin_layout Chapter
24466 \begin_layout Section
24471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24480 name "sec:Cross-References"
24487 \begin_layout Standard
24488 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24489 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24491 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24492 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24493 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24496 \begin_layout Enumerate
24500 \begin_layout Enumerate
24501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24503 name "enu:Second-item"
24510 \begin_layout Enumerate
24514 \begin_layout Standard
24515 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24520 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24521 \begin_inset Graphics
24522 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24528 A grey label box like this:
24529 \begin_inset Graphics
24530 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24535 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24536 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24571 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24572 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24587 \begin_layout Standard
24588 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24590 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24593 or the toolbar button
24594 \begin_inset Graphics
24595 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24601 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24602 \begin_inset Graphics
24603 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24608 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24610 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24623 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24625 Here is our cross-reference:
24628 \begin_layout Standard
24630 \begin_inset space ~
24634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24636 reference "enu:Second-item"
24643 \begin_layout Standard
24644 It is recommended to use a protected space
24648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24649 described in section
24650 \begin_inset space ~
24654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24656 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24665 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24669 \begin_layout Standard
24670 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24673 \begin_layout Description
24674 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24677 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24684 \begin_layout Description
24685 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24686 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24698 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24705 \begin_layout Description
24706 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24707 \begin_inset space ~
24711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24712 LatexCommand pageref
24713 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24720 \begin_layout Description
24722 \begin_inset space ~
24726 \begin_inset space ~
24729 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24731 LatexCommand vpageref
24732 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24739 \begin_layout Description
24741 \begin_inset space ~
24745 \begin_inset space ~
24749 \begin_inset space ~
24752 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24756 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24763 \begin_layout Description
24765 \begin_inset space ~
24768 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24769 \begin_inset Newline newline
24773 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24781 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24790 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24803 \begin_layout Standard
24804 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24805 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24807 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24811 \begin_inset space ~
24815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24829 \begin_layout Standard
24830 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24831 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24832 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24836 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24840 \begin_layout Standard
24841 You can only use the style
24845 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24849 is always possible.
24852 \begin_layout Standard
24853 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24854 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24855 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24856 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24857 \begin_inset space ~
24861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24863 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24870 \begin_layout Standard
24874 \begin_inset space ~
24878 \begin_inset space ~
24883 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24884 The button text changes then to
24887 \begin_inset space ~
24892 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24893 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24894 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24898 \begin_layout Standard
24899 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24900 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24901 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24904 \begin_layout Standard
24905 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24906 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24909 \begin_layout Standard
24910 References are described in detail in the
24917 \begin_layout Section
24918 Table of Contents and other Listings
24922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24948 \begin_layout Subsection
24950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24952 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24959 \begin_layout Standard
24960 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24962 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24963 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24965 \begin_inset space ~
24969 \begin_inset space ~
24975 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24976 If you click on it, the
24980 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24981 sections in your documents.
24982 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24984 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24987 that is described in sec.
24988 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24994 reference "sec:Navigating"
25001 \begin_layout Standard
25002 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25003 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25005 \begin_inset space ~
25009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25011 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25015 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25017 \begin_inset space ~
25021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25023 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25027 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25029 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25032 \begin_layout Subsection
25033 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25036 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25043 \begin_layout Standard
25044 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25045 You can insert them via the
25047 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25049 \begin_inset space ~
25053 \begin_inset space ~
25059 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25062 \begin_layout Section
25063 URLs and Hyperlinks
25067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25093 \begin_layout Subsection
25097 \begin_layout Standard
25098 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25100 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25106 \begin_layout Standard
25107 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25108 \begin_inset Flex URL
25111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25121 \begin_layout Standard
25122 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25128 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25132 \begin_layout Standard
25133 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25141 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25149 \begin_layout Subsection
25153 \begin_layout Standard
25154 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25156 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25159 or with the toolbar button
25160 \begin_inset Graphics
25161 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25162 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25167 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25176 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25177 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25178 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25180 name "LyX's homepage"
25181 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25185 , an Email address like this:
25186 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25188 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25189 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25194 , or a link to a file.
25197 \begin_layout Standard
25198 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25211 to the link target.
25214 \begin_layout Standard
25215 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25216 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25217 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25218 the text style dialog.
25219 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25223 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25225 name "LyX's homepage"
25226 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25233 \begin_layout Standard
25234 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25238 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25240 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25241 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25245 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25247 \begin_inset Newline newline
25255 \begin_inset Newline newline
25262 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25265 \begin_layout Section
25270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25279 name "sec:Appendices"
25286 \begin_layout Standard
25287 Appendices are created with the menu
25289 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25291 \begin_inset space ~
25295 \begin_inset space ~
25301 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25302 as appendix region.
25303 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25306 \begin_layout Standard
25307 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25308 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25309 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25310 and the subsection number.
25311 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25315 \begin_layout Standard
25317 \begin_inset space ~
25321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25323 reference "cha:Credits"
25328 \begin_inset space ~
25332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25334 reference "sub:Export"
25341 \begin_layout Section
25346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25355 name "sec:Bibliography"
25362 \begin_layout Standard
25363 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25364 You can include a bibliography database
25368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25369 Known under the name
25370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25382 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25384 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25388 , described in section
25389 \begin_inset space ~
25393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25395 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25402 \begin_layout Standard
25407 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25409 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25418 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25420 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25429 , a short form of its title, as key.
25432 \begin_layout Standard
25433 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25435 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25438 or the toolbar button
25439 \begin_inset Graphics
25440 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25446 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25447 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25448 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25449 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25453 \begin_layout Standard
25454 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25455 with surrounding brackets.
25460 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25461 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25473 \begin_layout Standard
25476 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25479 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25481 key "latexcompanion"
25488 \begin_layout Standard
25489 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25490 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25499 \begin_layout Subsection
25500 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25505 Bibliography ! Databases
25514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25515 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25523 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25530 \begin_layout Standard
25531 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25533 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25535 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25536 your working field in a database.
25537 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25538 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25541 \begin_layout Standard
25542 The database is a text file with the file extension
25543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25554 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25555 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25556 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25558 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25563 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25565 \begin_inset Newline newline
25569 \begin_inset Flex URL
25572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25574 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25580 \begin_inset Newline newline
25583 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25586 \begin_layout Standard
25587 To use a database, use the menu
25589 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25594 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25607 \begin_inset space ~
25613 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25614 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25617 \begin_layout Standard
25618 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25630 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25631 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25632 take care of the layout.
25635 \begin_layout Standard
25636 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25639 \begin_layout Standard
25640 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25646 \begin_layout Standard
25647 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25649 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25683 \begin_inset space ~
25689 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25697 \begin_layout Standard
25698 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25704 \begin_layout Standard
25705 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25706 the two methods of creating them.
25707 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25708 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25709 We used the style file
25713 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25716 \begin_layout Subsection
25717 Bibliography layout
25721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25722 Bibliography ! Layout
25730 \begin_layout Standard
25731 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25732 For this feature you need to use the option
25738 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25746 Document ! Settings
25756 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25757 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25758 in the previous section.
25761 \begin_layout Standard
25762 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25763 in the citation reference window.
25764 Here an example where we set the text
25765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25769 \begin_inset space ~
25773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25776 to appear after the reference:
25779 \begin_layout Standard
25781 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25784 key "latexcompanion"
25791 \begin_layout Section
25796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25812 \begin_layout Standard
25813 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25815 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25817 \begin_inset space ~
25822 or the toolbar button
25823 \begin_inset Graphics
25824 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25825 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25842 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25843 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25844 by LyX as index entry.
25847 \begin_layout Standard
25848 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25849 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25851 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25853 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25860 \begin_layout Standard
25861 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25864 \begin_layout Standard
25865 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25867 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25869 \begin_inset space ~
25873 \begin_inset space ~
25876 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25878 \begin_inset space ~
25884 A light blue box labeled
25885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25896 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25897 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25900 \begin_layout Subsection
25901 Grouping Index Entries
25905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25914 \begin_layout Standard
25915 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25917 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25918 lists under the entry
25919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25927 First we create the entry
25928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25936 \begin_inset space ~
25940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25942 reference "sub:Lists"
25947 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25948 \begin_inset space ~
25952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25954 reference "sec:Itemize"
25958 , we insert the command
25961 \begin_layout Standard
25967 \begin_layout Standard
25971 \begin_layout Standard
25977 \begin_layout Standard
25978 for the enumerated list in section
25979 \begin_inset space ~
25983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25985 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25992 \begin_layout Standard
25993 The exclamation mark
25994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26001 marks the grouping levels.
26002 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26003 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26004 If we don't have an index entry for
26005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26012 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26015 \begin_layout Subsection
26020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26021 Index ! Page ranges
26029 \begin_layout Standard
26030 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26032 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26033 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26035 \begin_inset space ~
26039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26041 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26048 \begin_layout Standard
26051 Paragraph environments|(
26054 \begin_layout Standard
26055 and another entry at the end of section
26056 \begin_inset space ~
26060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26062 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26069 \begin_layout Standard
26072 Paragraph environments|)
26075 \begin_layout Standard
26077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26100 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26101 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26102 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26103 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26104 An example is the index entry
26105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26108 Document ! Settings
26109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26115 \begin_layout Subsection
26120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26121 Index ! Cross referencing
26129 \begin_layout Standard
26130 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26131 We referred for example in the index entry
26132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26140 \begin_inset space ~
26144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26146 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26150 ) to the index entry
26151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26158 in the same section using the entry
26161 \begin_layout Standard
26164 GIF|see{Image formats}
26167 \begin_layout Standard
26168 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26169 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26170 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26173 \begin_layout Subsection
26178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26179 Index ! Entry order
26187 \begin_layout Standard
26188 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26189 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26190 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26195 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26197 \begin_inset space ~
26201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26203 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26212 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26213 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26242 Dummy entries ! maïs
26251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26252 Dummy entries ! maître
26261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26262 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26267 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26268 order maïs, maison, maître.
26269 To achieve this, we use the command
26272 \begin_layout Standard
26275 previous entry@current entry
26278 \begin_layout Standard
26279 In our case we want to have
26280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26295 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26298 \begin_layout Standard
26304 \begin_layout Standard
26305 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26306 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26310 \begin_layout Subsection
26315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26316 Index ! Entry layout
26324 \begin_layout Standard
26325 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26332 This is an italic dummy entry
26337 You can also format the page number using the character
26338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26345 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26346 We can write for example
26349 \begin_layout Standard
26352 italic page number:|textit
26355 \begin_layout Standard
26356 to get the page number in italic.
26360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26361 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26366 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26384 \begin_inset space ~
26390 Have a look at section
26391 \begin_inset space ~
26395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26397 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26401 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26404 \begin_layout Standard
26405 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26413 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26417 to generate the index, see section
26418 \begin_inset space ~
26422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26424 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26433 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26434 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26436 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26439 key "latexcompanion"
26451 \begin_layout Standard
26452 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26454 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26455 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26456 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26457 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26458 If so, put the following in preamble
26461 \begin_layout Standard
26473 \begin_layout Standard
26477 \begin_layout Standard
26483 \begin_layout Standard
26484 into the index entry.
26488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26489 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26494 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26495 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26496 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26499 \begin_layout Standard
26500 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26502 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26506 \begin_inset space ~
26509 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26510 for all index entries.
26511 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26523 documentation for details,
26524 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26526 key "makeindex,xindy"
26533 \begin_layout Subsection
26538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26547 name "sub:Index-Program"
26554 \begin_layout Standard
26555 When the index entry program
26559 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26560 generation, otherwise the program
26564 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26565 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26566 dialog, see section
26567 \begin_inset space ~
26571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26573 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26578 The available options are listed and explained in
26579 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26581 key "makeindex,xindy"
26586 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26589 \begin_layout Standard
26594 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26595 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26597 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26599 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26600 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26608 \begin_layout Section
26609 Nomenclature / Glossary
26613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26654 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26661 \begin_layout Standard
26662 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26663 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26667 \begin_layout Standard
26668 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26677 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26683 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26684 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26690 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26693 \begin_layout Standard
26694 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26695 and then use the menu
26697 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26703 \begin_inset space ~
26708 or the toolbar button
26709 \begin_inset Graphics
26710 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26711 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26728 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26731 \begin_layout Standard
26732 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26733 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26734 The second is the description of the symbol.
26737 \begin_layout Standard
26738 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26746 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26754 \begin_layout Subsection
26755 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26760 Nomenclature ! Layout
26768 \begin_layout Standard
26769 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26773 field as LaTeX-formula.
26775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26779 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26787 \begin_inset Newline newline
26795 \begin_inset Newline newline
26801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26808 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26809 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26821 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26831 \begin_layout Standard
26832 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26833 \begin_inset space ~
26837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26839 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26846 \begin_layout Standard
26850 \begin_inset space ~
26855 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26856 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26861 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26868 in this document is:
26869 \begin_inset Newline newline
26874 dummy entry for the character
26879 \begin_inset Newline newline
26891 \begin_inset space ~
26901 font use the command
26930 \begin_layout Subsection
26931 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26936 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26944 \begin_layout Standard
26945 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26946 the symbol definition.
26947 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26948 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26951 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26952 LatexCommand nomenclature
26954 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26961 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26965 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26966 LatexCommand nomenclature
26969 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26974 They will be sorted by
26975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27001 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27004 will be sorted before the
27008 since the character
27009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27016 is considered in sorting.
27019 \begin_layout Standard
27020 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27023 \begin_inset space ~
27028 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27029 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27031 For the given example, you can insert
27035 to this field for the
27036 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27043 will be located before
27044 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27050 \begin_layout Standard
27051 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27056 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27065 \begin_layout Subsection
27066 Nomenclature Options
27070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27071 Nomenclature ! Options
27079 \begin_layout Standard
27084 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27085 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27088 \begin_layout Description
27089 refeq Appends the phrase
27090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27105 to every nomenclature entry, where
27111 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27114 \begin_layout Description
27115 refpage Appends the phrase
27116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27131 to every nomenclature entry, where
27137 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27140 \begin_layout Description
27141 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27144 \begin_layout Standard
27145 There are furthermore the options
27189 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27193 \begin_layout Standard
27194 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27195 class options list in the
27197 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27201 In this document the options
27212 \begin_layout Standard
27213 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27219 \begin_layout Standard
27220 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27221 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27226 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27229 \begin_layout Description
27239 \begin_layout Description
27242 nomrefpage Like the
27249 \begin_layout Description
27252 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27261 \begin_layout Description
27265 \begin_inset space ~
27271 \begin_inset space ~
27276 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27279 \begin_layout Subsection
27280 Printing the Nomenclature
27284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27285 Nomenclature ! Printing
27293 \begin_layout Standard
27294 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27298 \begin_inset space ~
27302 \begin_inset space ~
27305 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27309 A light blue box labeled
27310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27321 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27322 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27325 \begin_layout Standard
27326 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27335 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27343 For example, in order to change the name to
27347 , add the following line to the preamble:
27350 \begin_layout Standard
27358 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27361 \begin_layout Standard
27362 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27368 \begin_layout Standard
27369 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27370 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27373 \begin_layout Standard
27381 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27384 \begin_layout Standard
27387 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27388 \begin_inset space ~
27392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27394 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27399 The default value is 1
27400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27406 \begin_layout Section
27411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27422 Document ! Branches
27428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27430 name "sec:Branches"
27437 \begin_layout Standard
27438 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27439 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27440 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27441 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27444 \begin_layout Standard
27445 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27446 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27447 To create a branch, go in the
27449 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27457 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27458 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27461 \begin_layout Standard
27462 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27463 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27465 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27468 where you can choose a branch.
27469 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27472 \begin_layout Standard
27473 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27474 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27477 \begin_layout Standard
27478 \begin_inset Branch Question
27481 \begin_layout Standard
27482 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27490 \begin_layout Standard
27491 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27494 \begin_layout Standard
27495 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27503 \begin_layout Standard
27504 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27510 \begin_layout Standard
27511 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27512 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27514 For example you can define for the question branch
27518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27519 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27520 \begin_inset space ~
27524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27526 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27538 \begin_layout Standard
27548 \begin_layout Standard
27558 \begin_layout Standard
27559 and for the answer branch
27562 \begin_layout Standard
27572 \begin_layout Standard
27582 \begin_layout Standard
27583 \begin_inset Branch Question
27586 \begin_layout Standard
27590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27618 \begin_layout Standard
27619 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27622 \begin_layout Standard
27626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27654 \begin_layout Standard
27655 Now it is possible to use the commands
27659 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27666 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27669 to obtain conditional output.
27670 Here is an example formula where only the
27677 \begin_inset Formula \[
27678 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27685 \begin_layout Standard
27686 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27687 \begin_inset space ~
27691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27693 reference "sec:math-macros"
27700 \begin_layout Section
27701 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27702 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27704 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27711 \begin_layout Subsection
27716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27725 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27732 \begin_layout Standard
27733 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27734 constructs, but not all.
27735 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27736 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27737 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27738 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27739 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27743 \begin_layout Standard
27744 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27746 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27748 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27750 \begin_inset space ~
27755 or by the toolbar button
27756 \begin_inset Graphics
27757 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27762 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27766 \begin_layout Standard
27767 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27768 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27769 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27776 , you can write the command part
27782 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27786 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27787 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27788 the following example:
27791 \begin_layout Standard
27792 \begin_inset Graphics
27793 filename clipart/ERT.png
27801 \begin_layout Standard
27805 \begin_layout Standard
27806 This is a line with a
27810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27833 \begin_layout Standard
27834 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27842 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27843 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27851 \begin_layout Subsection
27852 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27853 \begin_inset OptArg
27856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27875 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27882 \begin_layout Standard
27883 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27884 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27885 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27894 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27895 every time if you know the right commands.
27897 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27898 the end of the day.
27899 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27900 all caption labels bold.
27901 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27903 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27906 \begin_layout Standard
27907 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27908 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27909 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27911 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27920 \begin_layout Standard
27921 As result you know that the package
27929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27930 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27936 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27938 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27944 \begin_layout Standard
27949 usepackage[options]{package name}
27952 \begin_layout Standard
27953 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27954 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27955 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27958 \begin_layout Standard
27959 In your case the package name is
27964 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27969 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27970 So you add the command
27973 \begin_layout Standard
27978 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27981 \begin_layout Standard
27982 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27987 For more commands provided by the
27991 package, have a look at its documentation,
27992 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28006 \begin_layout Standard
28007 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28009 For example if you use a
28013 class, you don't need the package
28017 , you can instead write
28020 \begin_layout Standard
28025 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28030 \begin_layout Standard
28031 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28032 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28033 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28040 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28043 \begin_layout Standard
28044 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28045 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28047 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28048 the previous section.
28051 \begin_layout Standard
28052 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28054 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28056 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28064 \begin_layout Section
28065 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28076 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28078 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28095 \begin_layout Standard
28096 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28097 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28098 to break your train of thought with
28100 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28106 \begin_layout Standard
28107 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28108 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28117 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28122 as explained below, and turn on
28125 \begin_inset space ~
28132 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28138 \begin_inset space ~
28142 \begin_inset space ~
28145 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28151 \begin_layout Standard
28152 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28154 Previews of an already loaded document are
28158 generated just by selecting the
28161 \begin_inset space ~
28166 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28169 \begin_layout Standard
28170 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28171 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28174 \begin_inset space ~
28179 check box in the insert dialog.
28180 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28184 \begin_layout Standard
28185 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28189 (on some systems named simply
28194 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28196 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28202 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28203 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28211 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28215 \begin_layout Standard
28216 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28222 \begin_layout Standard
28223 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28227 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28229 \begin_inset space ~
28234 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28235 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28237 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28238 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28239 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28240 the source view window.
28243 \begin_layout Section
28245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28247 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28264 \begin_layout Standard
28265 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28266 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28283 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28289 can be seen as successor of
28293 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28298 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28299 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28307 \begin_layout Standard
28308 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28309 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28316 \begin_layout Standard
28319 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28322 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28323 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28324 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28325 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28326 scrolled so that it is visible.
28331 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28333 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28337 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28338 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28341 \begin_layout Standard
28342 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28345 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28349 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28350 will bring an error message.
28351 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28352 specifying a different
28354 Alternative language
28356 in preferences dialog.
28359 \begin_layout Standard
28360 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28363 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28367 \begin_layout Standard
28368 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28369 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28371 But you can use the
28374 \begin_inset space ~
28378 \begin_inset space ~
28386 \begin_layout Standard
28387 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28388 This does work with
28392 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28395 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28399 \begin_layout Standard
28404 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28407 \begin_layout Description
28409 \begin_inset space ~
28412 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28413 should consider, e.g.
28414 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28415 This should not normally be needed.
28418 \begin_layout Description
28420 \begin_inset space ~
28423 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28424 as your personal dictionary
28427 \begin_layout Description
28429 \begin_inset space ~
28433 \begin_inset space ~
28436 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28448 \begin_layout Description
28450 \begin_inset space ~
28454 \begin_inset space ~
28457 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28459 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28466 also for the spellchecker.
28470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28471 The encodings are explained in section
28472 \begin_inset space ~
28476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28478 reference "sub:Settings"
28487 Only enable this if you use
28491 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28492 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28493 so this is disabled by default.
28496 \begin_layout Section
28501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28508 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28510 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28517 \begin_layout Standard
28518 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28521 \begin_layout Standard
28522 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28525 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28528 or the toolbar button
28529 \begin_inset Graphics
28530 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28532 rotateOrigin center
28537 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28541 \begin_layout Standard
28542 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28543 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28544 cases to find related words.
28547 \begin_layout Standard
28548 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28550 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28558 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28567 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28586 \begin_layout Section
28591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28602 Document ! Change Tracking
28608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28610 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28617 \begin_layout Standard
28618 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28619 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28620 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28621 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28623 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28625 \begin_inset space ~
28628 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28630 \begin_inset space ~
28638 \begin_layout Standard
28639 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28648 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28651 \begin_inset space ~
28655 \begin_inset space ~
28668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28677 \begin_layout Standard
28678 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28691 \begin_layout Standard
28692 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28698 \begin_layout Standard
28699 \begin_inset Graphics
28700 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28707 \begin_layout Standard
28708 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28714 \begin_layout Standard
28715 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28719 \begin_layout Standard
28720 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28726 \begin_layout Standard
28727 \begin_inset Tabular
28728 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28729 <features islongtable="true">
28730 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28731 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28732 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28737 \begin_inset Graphics
28738 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28739 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28740 rotateOrigin center
28749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28755 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28757 \begin_inset space ~
28760 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28762 \begin_inset space ~
28771 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28776 \begin_inset Graphics
28777 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28778 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28779 rotateOrigin center
28788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28794 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28796 \begin_inset space ~
28799 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28801 \begin_inset space ~
28805 \begin_inset space ~
28809 \begin_inset space ~
28818 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28823 \begin_inset Graphics
28824 filename ../images/change-next.png
28825 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28826 rotateOrigin center
28835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28839 Jumps to the next change
28845 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28850 \begin_inset Graphics
28851 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28852 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28853 rotateOrigin center
28862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28868 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28870 \begin_inset space ~
28873 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28875 \begin_inset space ~
28884 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28889 \begin_inset Graphics
28890 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28891 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28892 rotateOrigin center
28901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28907 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28909 \begin_inset space ~
28912 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28914 \begin_inset space ~
28923 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28928 \begin_inset Graphics
28929 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28930 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28931 rotateOrigin center
28940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28946 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28948 \begin_inset space ~
28951 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28953 \begin_inset space ~
28962 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28967 \begin_inset Graphics
28968 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28969 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28970 rotateOrigin center
28979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28985 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28987 \begin_inset space ~
28990 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28992 \begin_inset space ~
28996 \begin_inset space ~
29005 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29010 \begin_inset Graphics
29011 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29012 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29013 rotateOrigin center
29022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29028 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29030 \begin_inset space ~
29033 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29035 \begin_inset space ~
29039 \begin_inset space ~
29048 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29053 \begin_inset Graphics
29054 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29055 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29056 rotateOrigin center
29065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29072 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29074 \begin_inset space ~
29083 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29088 \begin_inset Graphics
29089 filename ../images/note-next.png
29090 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29091 rotateOrigin center
29100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29106 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29108 \begin_inset space ~
29124 \begin_layout Standard
29125 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29131 \begin_layout Standard
29132 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29133 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29134 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29135 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29136 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29137 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29138 step to the next change.
29139 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29142 \begin_layout Standard
29143 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29144 to describe a change.
29147 \begin_layout Standard
29148 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29157 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29163 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29164 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29170 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29173 \begin_layout Section
29174 International Support
29178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29179 International support
29187 \begin_layout Standard
29188 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29189 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29190 how to set up LyX to use them:
29191 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29193 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29200 \begin_layout Standard
29201 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29202 \begin_inset space ~
29206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29208 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29215 \begin_layout Subsection
29220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29231 Document ! Settings
29240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29241 Document ! Language
29249 \begin_layout Standard
29252 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29255 dialog lets you set
29257 the language and character encoding for your language.
29261 \begin_layout Standard
29262 Choose your language in the
29266 section of this dialog.
29274 \begin_layout Standard
29279 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29283 use language's default encoding
29285 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29286 For details about the different encoding options see section
29287 \begin_inset space ~
29291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29293 reference "sub:Settings"
29300 \begin_layout Subsection
29301 Keyboard mapping configuration
29302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29304 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29311 \begin_layout Standard
29312 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29313 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29314 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29315 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29316 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29318 \begin_inset space ~
29322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29324 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29329 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29330 which one you want to use.
29333 \begin_layout Standard
29334 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29335 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29336 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29337 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29338 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29339 one to support the characters you want.
29340 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29347 \begin_layout Subsection
29349 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29358 \begin_layout Standard
29360 \begin_inset space ~
29364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29366 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29375 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29379 \begin_layout Standard
29380 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29381 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29389 \begin_layout Itemize
29390 Even if you have selected
29396 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29399 dialog, users who have only the
29403 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29407 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29408 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29409 french quotes won't show up.
29412 \begin_layout Standard
29413 \begin_inset Float table
29418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29419 \begin_inset Caption
29421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29424 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29442 \begin_inset Tabular
29443 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29445 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29446 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29447 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29448 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29449 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29450 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29451 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29452 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29453 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29454 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29455 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29456 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29457 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29458 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29459 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29460 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29461 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33874 \begin_layout Standard
33875 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33877 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33878 also the characters from
33890 \begin_layout Itemize
33899 \begin_layout Standard
33900 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33901 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33907 \begin_layout Standard
33908 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33909 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33915 \begin_layout Standard
33916 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33917 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33923 \begin_layout Standard
33924 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33925 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33931 \begin_layout Standard
33933 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33939 \begin_layout Standard
33941 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33947 \begin_layout Standard
33949 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33956 \begin_layout Itemize
33969 \begin_layout Standard
33971 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33977 \begin_layout Standard
33979 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33985 \begin_layout Standard
33987 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33993 \begin_layout Standard
33995 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34001 \begin_layout Standard
34003 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34009 \begin_layout Standard
34011 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34018 \begin_layout Standard
34019 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34020 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34021 Also make sure you're using the
34028 \begin_layout Chapter
34031 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34033 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34040 \begin_layout Standard
34041 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34042 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34043 inside the user's guide.
34046 \begin_layout Section
34051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34060 \begin_layout Standard
34065 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34066 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34069 \begin_layout Subsection
34073 \begin_layout Standard
34074 Creates a new document.
34077 \begin_layout Subsection
34081 \begin_layout Standard
34082 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34083 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34084 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34087 \begin_layout Subsection
34091 \begin_layout Standard
34095 \begin_layout Subsection
34099 \begin_layout Standard
34100 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34101 Click there on a file to open it.
34104 \begin_layout Subsection
34108 \begin_layout Standard
34109 Closes the current document.
34112 \begin_layout Subsection
34116 \begin_layout Standard
34117 Saves the actual document.
34120 \begin_layout Subsection
34124 \begin_layout Standard
34125 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34128 \begin_layout Subsection
34132 \begin_layout Standard
34133 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34136 \begin_layout Subsection
34140 \begin_layout Standard
34141 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34142 It is described in the section
34144 Version Control in LyX
34149 \begin_inset space ~
34157 \begin_layout Subsection
34161 \begin_layout Standard
34162 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34163 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34164 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34167 \begin_layout Standard
34168 When using the menu
34171 \begin_inset space ~
34175 \begin_inset space ~
34180 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34181 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34182 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34183 will start a new paragraph.
34186 \begin_layout Subsection
34188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34197 \begin_layout Standard
34198 You can export your document to various file formats.
34199 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34200 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34201 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34204 \begin_layout Standard
34205 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34207 \begin_inset space ~
34211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34213 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34220 \begin_layout Description
34224 \begin_inset space ~
34229 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34230 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34233 \begin_layout Description
34241 \begin_layout Description
34242 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34246 \begin_layout Description
34248 \begin_inset space ~
34252 \begin_inset space ~
34255 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34259 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34267 \begin_layout Description
34274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34282 \begin_inset space ~
34287 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34288 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34292 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34295 \begin_layout Description
34302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34310 \begin_inset space ~
34315 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34316 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34324 \begin_layout Description
34326 \begin_inset space ~
34329 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34337 is replaced by the version number)
34340 \begin_layout Description
34341 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34354 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34358 \begin_layout Description
34363 PDF-format using the program
34368 \begin_layout Description
34372 \begin_inset space ~
34377 PDF-format using the program
34382 \begin_layout Description
34386 \begin_inset space ~
34391 PDF-format using the program
34396 \begin_layout Description
34400 \begin_inset space ~
34408 \begin_layout Description
34412 \begin_inset space ~
34416 \begin_inset space ~
34421 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34422 and then exported as text using the program
34427 \begin_layout Description
34432 PostScript format using the program
34437 \begin_layout Description
34445 \begin_layout Standard
34450 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34451 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34457 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34460 \begin_layout Standard
34461 If one of the menu entries
34468 \begin_inset space ~
34477 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34478 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34479 \begin_inset space ~
34483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34485 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34494 Reconfiguration of LyX
34502 \begin_layout Standard
34507 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34508 the export program.
34511 \begin_layout Subsection
34515 \begin_layout Standard
34516 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34517 or send it to a printer.
34518 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34519 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34525 For more informations have a look at section
34526 \begin_inset space ~
34530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34532 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34539 \begin_layout Subsection
34540 New and Close Window
34543 \begin_layout Standard
34544 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34545 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34548 \begin_layout Section
34553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34562 \begin_layout Subsection
34566 \begin_layout Standard
34567 Described in section
34568 \begin_inset space ~
34572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34574 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34581 \begin_layout Subsection
34582 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34585 \begin_layout Standard
34586 Described in section
34587 \begin_inset space ~
34591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34593 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34600 \begin_layout Subsection
34604 \begin_layout Standard
34605 Selects the whole document.
34608 \begin_layout Subsection
34612 \begin_layout Standard
34613 Described in section
34614 \begin_inset space ~
34618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34620 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34627 \begin_layout Subsection
34628 Move paragraph Up/Down
34631 \begin_layout Standard
34632 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34636 \begin_layout Subsection
34640 \begin_layout Standard
34641 Described in section
34642 \begin_inset space ~
34646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34648 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34655 \begin_layout Subsection
34660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34661 Paragraph ! Settings
34669 \begin_layout Standard
34670 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34672 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34675 \begin_layout Standard
34676 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34677 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34680 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34686 \begin_inset space ~
34694 \begin_layout Subsection
34698 \begin_layout Standard
34699 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34700 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34701 The properties of tables are described in section
34702 \begin_inset space ~
34706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34708 reference "sec:Tables"
34712 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34713 \begin_inset space ~
34717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34719 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34726 \begin_layout Subsection
34727 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34730 \begin_layout Standard
34731 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34733 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34734 \begin_inset space ~
34738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34740 reference "sec:Nesting"
34745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34747 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34754 \begin_layout Section
34759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34768 \begin_layout Standard
34773 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34774 document with an external program.
34775 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34776 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34777 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34778 \begin_inset space ~
34782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34784 reference "sub:Export"
34789 You should at least see the menu entries
34796 \begin_inset space ~
34802 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34803 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34804 \begin_inset space ~
34808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34810 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34819 Reconfiguration of LyX
34827 \begin_layout Standard
34828 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34829 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34830 \begin_inset space ~
34834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34836 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34841 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34844 \begin_layout Standard
34845 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34848 At the bottom of the
34852 menu the opened documents are listed.
34855 \begin_layout Subsection
34859 \begin_layout Standard
34860 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34862 \begin_inset space ~
34866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34868 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34875 \begin_layout Subsection
34879 \begin_layout Standard
34880 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34881 opening a new view window.
34884 \begin_layout Subsection
34886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34888 name "sub:Toolbars"
34896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34905 \begin_layout Standard
34906 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34907 All toolbars and the
34910 \begin_inset space ~
34915 can be turned on and off.
34920 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34932 \begin_inset space ~
34941 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34945 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34952 \begin_layout Standard
34957 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34961 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34962 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34963 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34964 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34965 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34968 \begin_layout Standard
34969 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34970 \begin_inset space ~
34974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34976 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34983 \begin_layout Section
34988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34997 \begin_layout Subsection
35001 \begin_layout Standard
35002 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35003 \begin_inset space ~
35007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35009 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35016 \begin_layout Subsection
35018 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35020 name "sub:Special-Character"
35027 \begin_layout Standard
35028 Here you can insert the following characters:
35031 \begin_layout Description
35032 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35036 \begin_layout Description
35038 \begin_inset space ~
35042 \begin_inset space ~
35045 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35046 \begin_inset space ~
35050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35052 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35059 \begin_layout Description
35061 \begin_inset space ~
35064 Quote Inserts this quote:
35065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35068 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35070 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35080 \begin_layout Description
35082 \begin_inset space ~
35085 Quote Inserts this quote:
35086 \begin_inset Quotes els
35092 \begin_layout Description
35094 \begin_inset space ~
35097 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35101 \begin_layout Description
35103 \begin_inset space ~
35110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35121 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35126 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35127 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35128 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35137 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35143 \begin_inset Newline newline
35146 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35150 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35158 and this Wiki-page:
35159 \begin_inset Newline newline
35163 \begin_inset Flex URL
35166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35168 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35176 \begin_layout Subsection
35180 \begin_layout Standard
35181 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35184 \begin_layout Description
35185 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35186 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35192 \begin_layout Description
35193 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35194 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35200 \begin_layout Description
35202 \begin_inset space ~
35205 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35206 \begin_inset space ~
35210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35212 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35219 \begin_layout Description
35221 \begin_inset space ~
35224 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35225 \begin_inset space ~
35229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35231 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35238 \begin_layout Description
35240 \begin_inset space ~
35243 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35244 \begin_inset space ~
35248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35250 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35257 \begin_layout Description
35259 \begin_inset space ~
35262 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
35263 \begin_inset space ~
35267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35269 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35276 \begin_layout Description
35278 \begin_inset space ~
35281 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35282 \begin_inset space ~
35286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35288 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35295 \begin_layout Description
35297 \begin_inset space ~
35300 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35301 \begin_inset space ~
35305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35307 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35314 \begin_layout Description
35316 \begin_inset space ~
35319 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35320 \begin_inset space ~
35324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35326 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35333 \begin_layout Description
35335 \begin_inset space ~
35338 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35339 \begin_inset space ~
35343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35345 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35352 \begin_layout Description
35354 \begin_inset space ~
35357 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35358 \begin_inset space ~
35362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35364 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
35371 \begin_layout Description
35373 \begin_inset space ~
35376 Break Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35377 \begin_inset space ~
35381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35383 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35390 \begin_layout Description
35392 \begin_inset space ~
35395 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35396 \begin_inset space ~
35400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35402 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35409 \begin_layout Description
35411 \begin_inset space ~
35415 \begin_inset space ~
35418 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35419 \begin_inset space ~
35423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35425 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35432 \begin_layout Subsection
35436 \begin_layout Standard
35437 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35438 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35440 \begin_inset space ~
35444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35446 reference "sec:toc"
35451 The index list is described in section
35452 \begin_inset space ~
35456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35458 reference "sec:Index"
35462 , the nomenclature in section
35463 \begin_inset space ~
35467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35469 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35473 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35474 \begin_inset space ~
35478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35480 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35487 \begin_layout Subsection
35491 \begin_layout Standard
35492 To insert floats, described in section
35493 \begin_inset space ~
35497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35499 reference "sec:Floats"
35506 \begin_layout Subsection
35510 \begin_layout Standard
35511 To insert notes, described in section
35512 \begin_inset space ~
35516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35518 reference "sec:Notes"
35525 \begin_layout Subsection
35529 \begin_layout Standard
35530 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35531 \begin_inset space ~
35535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35537 reference "sec:Branches"
35544 \begin_layout Subsection
35549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35558 \begin_layout Standard
35559 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35560 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35571 \begin_layout Subsection
35576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35585 \begin_layout Standard
35586 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35587 \begin_inset space ~
35591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35593 reference "sec:Minipages"
35598 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35609 \begin_layout Subsection
35613 \begin_layout Standard
35614 Inserts a citation as described in section
35615 \begin_inset space ~
35619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35621 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35628 \begin_layout Subsection
35632 \begin_layout Standard
35633 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35634 \begin_inset space ~
35638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35640 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35647 \begin_layout Subsection
35651 \begin_layout Standard
35652 Inserts a label as described in section
35653 \begin_inset space ~
35657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35659 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35666 \begin_layout Subsection
35671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35682 Longtables ! Caption
35690 \begin_layout Standard
35691 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35692 Floats are described in section
35693 \begin_inset space ~
35697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35699 reference "sec:Floats"
35703 , cations in longtables are described in section
35714 \begin_layout Subsection
35718 \begin_layout Standard
35719 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35720 \begin_inset space ~
35724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35726 reference "sec:Index"
35733 \begin_layout Subsection
35737 \begin_layout Standard
35738 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35739 \begin_inset space ~
35743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35745 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35752 \begin_layout Subsection
35756 \begin_layout Standard
35758 Tables are described in section
35759 \begin_inset space ~
35763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35765 reference "sec:Tables"
35772 \begin_layout Subsection
35776 \begin_layout Standard
35778 Graphics are described in section
35779 \begin_inset space ~
35783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35785 reference "sec:Graphics"
35792 \begin_layout Subsection
35796 \begin_layout Standard
35797 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35798 \begin_inset space ~
35802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35804 reference "sec:URL"
35811 \begin_layout Subsection
35815 \begin_layout Standard
35816 Inserts a footnote, see section
35817 \begin_inset space ~
35821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35823 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35830 \begin_layout Subsection
35834 \begin_layout Standard
35835 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35836 \begin_inset space ~
35840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35842 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35849 \begin_layout Subsection
35853 \begin_layout Standard
35854 Inserts a short title, see section
35855 \begin_inset space ~
35859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35861 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35868 \begin_layout Subsection
35872 \begin_layout Standard
35873 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35874 \begin_inset space ~
35878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35880 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35887 \begin_layout Subsection
35892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35901 \begin_layout Standard
35902 Inserts a program listings box.
35903 Program listings are explained in chapter
35905 Program Code Listings
35914 \begin_layout Subsection
35918 \begin_layout Standard
35919 Inserts the actual date.
35920 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35922 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35932 There the different methods are also compared.
35935 \begin_layout Section
35940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35949 \begin_layout Standard
35950 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35951 the current document.
35952 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35955 \begin_layout Standard
35956 The Navigate menu also offers to
35959 \begin_layout Subsection
35963 \begin_layout Standard
35964 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35965 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35968 \begin_inset space ~
35972 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35973 \begin_inset space ~
35976 2.5 and use the menu
35979 \begin_inset space ~
35983 \begin_inset space ~
35990 \begin_inset space ~
35996 \begin_inset space ~
36000 \begin_inset space ~
36006 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36018 \begin_layout Standard
36019 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36020 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36023 \begin_layout Subsection
36024 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36027 \begin_layout Standard
36028 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36032 \begin_layout Subsection
36036 \begin_layout Standard
36037 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36038 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36039 on a cross-reference box.
36042 \begin_layout Section
36047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36056 \begin_layout Subsection
36060 \begin_layout Standard
36061 Change Tracking is described in section
36062 \begin_inset space ~
36066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36068 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36075 \begin_layout Subsection
36080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36090 \begin_layout Standard
36091 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36093 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36096 \begin_layout Standard
36097 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36102 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36105 \begin_layout Subsection
36109 \begin_layout Standard
36110 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36111 \begin_inset space ~
36115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36117 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36124 \begin_layout Subsection
36125 Start Appendix Here
36128 \begin_layout Standard
36129 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36130 position as described in section
36131 \begin_inset space ~
36135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36137 reference "sec:Appendices"
36144 \begin_layout Subsection
36148 \begin_layout Standard
36149 Un/compresses the actual document.
36152 \begin_layout Subsection
36154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36156 name "sub:Settings"
36164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36165 Document ! Settings
36173 \begin_layout Standard
36174 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36176 You can save your document settings as default with the
36178 Save as Document Defaults
36180 button in the dialog.
36181 This will create a template named
36185 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36189 \begin_layout Standard
36190 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36193 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36197 \begin_layout Standard
36198 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
36199 Document classes are described in section
36200 \begin_inset space ~
36204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36206 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36211 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36216 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36217 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36220 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36224 \begin_layout Standard
36225 The document font settings are described in section
36226 \begin_inset space ~
36230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36232 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36239 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36243 \begin_layout Standard
36244 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36246 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36250 \begin_layout Standard
36251 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36252 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36253 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36256 \begin_layout Standard
36257 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36265 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36269 \begin_layout Standard
36270 A description of this menu is given in section
36271 \begin_inset space ~
36275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36277 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36284 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36291 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36295 \begin_layout Standard
36296 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36297 \begin_inset space ~
36301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36303 reference "sub:Margins"
36310 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36316 Language ! Encoding
36324 \begin_layout Standard
36325 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36326 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36327 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36328 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36329 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36330 known for a particular character).
36334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36335 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36336 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36341 manual for details.
36349 \begin_layout Standard
36350 If you use the option
36352 use language's default encoding
36354 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36356 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36357 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36358 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36359 exactly one encoding.
36360 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36369 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36370 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36372 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36373 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36387 \begin_layout Standard
36388 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36389 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36390 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36391 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36392 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36393 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36396 use language's default encoding
36398 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36399 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
36400 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36403 \begin_layout Standard
36404 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36407 \begin_layout Description
36409 \begin_inset space ~
36414 use language's default encoding
36416 , but the LaTeX-package
36424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36425 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36431 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36432 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36433 languages in TeX code.
36436 \begin_layout Description
36437 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36440 \begin_layout Description
36441 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36442 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36445 \begin_layout Description
36446 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36449 \begin_layout Description
36450 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36453 \begin_layout Description
36454 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36457 \begin_layout Description
36458 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36461 \begin_layout Description
36462 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36465 \begin_layout Description
36466 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36467 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36470 \begin_layout Description
36471 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36472 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36475 \begin_layout Description
36476 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36479 \begin_layout Description
36480 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36483 \begin_layout Description
36484 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36487 \begin_layout Description
36488 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36491 \begin_layout Description
36492 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36493 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36494 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36498 \begin_layout Description
36499 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36500 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36503 \begin_layout Description
36504 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36508 \begin_layout Description
36509 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36512 \begin_layout Description
36513 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36514 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36517 \begin_layout Description
36518 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36519 the euro currency sign, the
36523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36532 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36533 be the replacement for latin1
36536 \begin_layout Description
36537 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36540 \begin_layout Description
36541 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
36549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36550 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36556 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
36560 \begin_layout Description
36561 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
36569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36570 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! ucs
36575 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
36578 \begin_layout Description
36579 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36588 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36593 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36596 \begin_layout Description
36597 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36601 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36610 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36611 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36625 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36629 \begin_layout Standard
36630 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36632 \begin_inset space ~
36636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36638 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36645 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36649 \begin_layout Standard
36650 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36659 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36673 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36679 For a further description see section
36680 \begin_inset space ~
36684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36686 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36693 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36697 \begin_layout Standard
36698 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36707 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36721 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36726 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36729 \begin_layout Standard
36734 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36735 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36738 \begin_layout Standard
36743 is used for special integral characters.
36746 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36750 \begin_layout Standard
36751 The float placement options are described in section
36752 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36758 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36765 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36769 \begin_layout Standard
36770 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36771 The itemize environment is described in section
36772 \begin_inset space ~
36776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36778 reference "sec:Itemize"
36785 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36789 \begin_layout Standard
36790 Branches are described in section
36791 \begin_inset space ~
36795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36797 reference "sec:Branches"
36804 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36819 \begin_layout Standard
36820 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36821 to define LaTeX-commands.
36822 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36823 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36827 \begin_layout Standard
36828 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36829 \begin_inset space ~
36833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36835 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36842 \begin_layout Section
36847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36856 \begin_layout Subsection
36860 \begin_layout Standard
36861 Spell checking is explained in section
36862 \begin_inset space ~
36866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36868 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36875 \begin_layout Subsection
36879 \begin_layout Standard
36880 The thesaurus is described in section
36881 \begin_inset space ~
36885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36887 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36894 \begin_layout Subsection
36899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36908 \begin_layout Standard
36909 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36913 \begin_layout Subsection
36918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36927 \begin_layout Standard
36928 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36931 \begin_layout Subsection
36936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36937 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36948 Reconfiguration of LyX
36952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36969 Reconfiguration of LyX
36977 \begin_layout Standard
36978 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36979 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36980 \begin_inset space ~
36984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36986 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36993 \begin_layout Subsection
36997 \begin_layout Standard
36998 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36999 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37005 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37012 \begin_layout Section
37017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37026 \begin_layout Standard
37027 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37031 \begin_layout Standard
37035 \begin_inset space ~
37040 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37041 found by LyX (see also section
37042 \begin_inset space ~
37046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37048 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37055 \begin_layout Section
37057 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37059 name "sec:Toolbars"
37066 \begin_layout Standard
37067 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37068 \begin_inset space ~
37072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37074 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37081 \begin_layout Standard
37082 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37083 This is described in the
37090 \begin_layout Subsection
37095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37104 \begin_layout Standard
37105 \begin_inset Graphics
37106 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37114 \begin_layout Standard
37115 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37121 \begin_layout Standard
37122 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37139 \begin_inset Note Note
37142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37143 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37148 manual for more information.
37156 \begin_layout Standard
37157 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37163 \begin_layout Standard
37164 \begin_inset Tabular
37165 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37166 <features islongtable="true">
37167 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37168 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37174 \begin_inset Graphics
37175 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37189 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
37202 \begin_layout Standard
37203 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37209 \begin_layout Standard
37211 \begin_inset Tabular
37212 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37213 <features islongtable="true">
37214 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37215 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37216 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37223 \begin_inset Graphics
37224 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37225 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37240 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37252 \begin_inset Graphics
37253 filename ../images/file-open.png
37254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37269 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37276 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37281 \begin_inset Graphics
37282 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37283 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37298 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37305 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37310 \begin_inset Graphics
37311 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37312 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37327 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37334 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37339 \begin_inset Graphics
37340 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37341 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37356 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37363 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37368 \begin_inset Graphics
37369 filename ../images/undo.png
37370 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37385 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37392 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37397 \begin_inset Graphics
37398 filename ../images/redo.png
37399 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37414 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37421 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37426 \begin_inset Graphics
37427 filename ../images/cut.png
37428 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37443 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37450 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37455 \begin_inset Graphics
37456 filename ../images/copy.png
37457 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37472 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37479 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37484 \begin_inset Graphics
37485 filename ../images/paste.png
37486 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37501 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37513 \begin_inset Graphics
37514 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37515 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37516 rotateOrigin center
37525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37531 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37546 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37551 \begin_inset Graphics
37552 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37553 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37566 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37568 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37570 \begin_inset space ~
37581 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37586 \begin_inset Graphics
37587 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37588 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37601 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37603 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37605 \begin_inset space ~
37616 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37621 \begin_inset Graphics
37622 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37636 Formats text using the current settings in the
37638 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37640 \begin_inset space ~
37651 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37656 \begin_inset Graphics
37657 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37658 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37673 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37674 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37676 \begin_inset space ~
37685 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37690 \begin_inset Graphics
37691 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37692 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37693 rotateOrigin center
37702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37708 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37715 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37720 \begin_inset Graphics
37721 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37722 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37723 rotateOrigin center
37732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37738 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37745 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37750 \begin_inset Graphics
37751 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37752 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37753 rotateOrigin center
37762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37766 Toggle outline window on/off,
37768 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37775 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37780 \begin_inset Graphics
37781 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37782 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37783 rotateOrigin center
37792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37796 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37802 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37807 \begin_inset Graphics
37808 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37809 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37810 rotateOrigin center
37819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37823 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37836 \begin_layout Subsection
37841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37850 \begin_layout Standard
37851 \begin_inset Graphics
37852 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37860 \begin_layout Standard
37861 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37867 \begin_layout Standard
37868 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37872 \begin_layout Standard
37873 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37879 \begin_layout Standard
37880 \begin_inset Tabular
37881 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37882 <features islongtable="true">
37883 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37884 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37885 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37890 \begin_inset Graphics
37891 filename ../images/layout.png
37892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37893 rotateOrigin center
37902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37912 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37917 \begin_inset Graphics
37918 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37919 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37920 rotateOrigin center
37929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37939 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37944 \begin_inset Graphics
37945 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37946 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37947 rotateOrigin center
37956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37966 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37971 \begin_inset Graphics
37972 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37973 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37974 rotateOrigin center
37983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37993 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37998 \begin_inset Graphics
37999 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38000 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38001 rotateOrigin center
38010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38020 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38025 \begin_inset Graphics
38026 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38027 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38028 rotateOrigin center
38037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38043 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38045 \begin_inset space ~
38049 \begin_inset space ~
38058 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38063 \begin_inset Graphics
38064 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38065 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38066 rotateOrigin center
38075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38081 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38083 \begin_inset space ~
38087 \begin_inset space ~
38096 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38101 \begin_inset Graphics
38102 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38103 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38118 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38119 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38126 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38131 \begin_inset Graphics
38132 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38133 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38148 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38149 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38156 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38161 \begin_inset Graphics
38162 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38163 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38178 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38185 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38190 \begin_inset Graphics
38191 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38192 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38207 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38214 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38219 \begin_inset Graphics
38220 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38221 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38236 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38243 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38248 \begin_inset Graphics
38249 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38250 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38265 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38267 \begin_inset space ~
38276 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38281 \begin_inset Graphics
38282 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38283 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38300 \begin_inset space ~
38309 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38314 \begin_inset Graphics
38315 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38316 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38331 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38338 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38343 \begin_inset Graphics
38344 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38345 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38346 rotateOrigin center
38355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38361 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38363 \begin_inset space ~
38372 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38377 \begin_inset Graphics
38378 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38379 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38394 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38395 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38397 \begin_inset space ~
38406 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38411 \begin_inset Graphics
38412 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38413 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38435 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38440 \begin_inset Graphics
38441 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38442 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38457 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38464 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38469 \begin_inset Graphics
38470 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38471 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38513 \begin_inset Graphics
38514 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38515 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38530 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38531 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38533 \begin_inset space ~
38542 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38547 \begin_inset Graphics
38548 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38549 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38550 rotateOrigin center
38559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38565 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38567 \begin_inset space ~
38576 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38581 \begin_inset Graphics
38582 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38583 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38584 rotateOrigin center
38593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38599 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38601 \begin_inset space ~
38610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38615 \begin_inset Graphics
38616 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38617 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38618 rotateOrigin center
38627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38633 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38647 \begin_layout Subsection
38648 View / Update Toolbar
38652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38653 Toolbar ! View / Update
38661 \begin_layout Standard
38662 \begin_inset Graphics
38663 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38670 \begin_layout Standard
38671 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38677 \begin_layout Standard
38678 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38682 \begin_layout Standard
38683 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38689 \begin_layout Standard
38690 \begin_inset Tabular
38691 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38692 <features islongtable="true">
38693 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38694 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38695 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38700 \begin_inset Graphics
38701 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38702 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38703 rotateOrigin center
38712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38718 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38725 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38730 \begin_inset Graphics
38731 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38732 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38733 rotateOrigin center
38742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38748 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38749 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38756 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38761 \begin_inset Graphics
38762 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38763 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38764 rotateOrigin center
38773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38779 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38786 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38791 \begin_inset Graphics
38792 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38793 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38794 rotateOrigin center
38803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38809 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38810 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38816 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38817 functionality is merged with
38819 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38834 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38839 \begin_inset Graphics
38840 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38841 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38842 rotateOrigin center
38851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38857 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38864 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38869 \begin_inset Graphics
38870 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38871 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38872 rotateOrigin center
38881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38887 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38888 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38902 \begin_layout Subsection
38906 \begin_layout Standard
38907 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38908 \begin_inset space ~
38912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38914 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38918 , the table toolbar
38922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38928 is explained in the
38935 \begin_layout Chapter
38941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38943 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38960 \begin_layout Standard
38961 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38963 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38966 \begin_layout Section
38970 \begin_layout Subsection
38972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38983 Customization ! of toolbars
38992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38993 Customization ! of menus
39001 \begin_layout Standard
39002 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39010 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
39018 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39019 User Interface File
39023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39024 Customization ! of toolbars
39033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39034 Customization ! of menus
39042 \begin_layout Standard
39043 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39044 interface (ui) file.
39045 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39046 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39055 Both files are loaded by the
39060 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39061 files and edit the entries.
39064 \begin_layout Standard
39065 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39077 entries must be ended with an explicit
39102 and in the case of the
39103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39115 The syntax for the entries is:
39118 \begin_layout Standard
39119 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39147 \begin_layout Standard
39149 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39152 All LyX-functions are listed in
39153 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39162 \begin_layout Standard
39163 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39169 \begin_layout Standard
39170 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39172 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39175 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39179 \begin_layout Standard
39180 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39185 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39188 \begin_layout Standard
39190 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39193 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39196 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39210 \begin_layout Standard
39211 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
39212 Several binding files are available:
39215 \begin_layout Description
39216 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
39219 \begin_layout Description
39220 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39231 \begin_layout Description
39232 mac.bind set of bindings for
39235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39243 \begin_layout Standard
39244 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39248 , and bind files for special languages.
39249 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39259 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39263 \begin_layout Standard
39264 Some bind-files, like
39268 , have only a small scope.
39269 When looking at the the end of the file
39273 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39276 \begin_layout Standard
39277 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39278 s with a text editor.
39279 The syntax of the entries is:
39282 \begin_layout Standard
39288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39306 \begin_layout Standard
39307 All LyX-functions are listed in
39308 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39317 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39321 \begin_layout Standard
39325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39332 restore window size, or use fixed size
39334 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39338 \begin_layout Standard
39342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39346 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39349 restore window position
39351 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39354 \begin_layout Standard
39357 Restore cursor positions
39359 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39363 \begin_layout Standard
39366 Load opened files from last session
39368 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39371 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39375 name "sub:Backup documents"
39383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39392 \begin_layout Standard
39397 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39400 \begin_layout Standard
39405 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39408 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39410 \begin_inset space ~
39418 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39422 \begin_layout Standard
39425 Cursor follows scrollbar
39427 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39431 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39435 \begin_layout Standard
39438 Enable Pixmap Cache
39440 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39441 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39442 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39443 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39445 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39446 \begin_inset space ~
39452 \begin_layout Subsection
39457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39466 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39473 \begin_layout Standard
39474 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39477 \begin_layout Standard
39478 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39486 This section only deals with the fonts
39491 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39494 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39495 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39506 \begin_layout Standard
39507 By default, LyX uses
39511 as roman (serif) font,
39519 (depends on the system) as
39522 \begin_inset space ~
39538 \begin_layout Standard
39539 You can change the font size with the
39546 \begin_layout Standard
39551 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39552 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39557 points have the size of 1
39558 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39562 \begin_inset space ~
39566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39568 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39575 \begin_layout Standard
39580 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39581 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39585 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39586 \begin_inset space ~
39590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39592 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39599 \begin_layout Subsection
39604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39623 \begin_layout Standard
39624 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39625 Choose an item in the list and use the
39632 \begin_layout Subsection
39637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39638 Settings ! Graphics
39646 \begin_layout Standard
39647 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39650 \begin_layout Standard
39655 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39656 This feature is described in section
39657 \begin_inset space ~
39661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39663 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39670 \begin_layout Subsection
39675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39686 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39694 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39701 \begin_layout Standard
39702 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39703 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39705 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39709 \begin_inset space ~
39712 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39713 can use the keyboard map file named
39720 \begin_layout Standard
39721 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39729 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39737 \begin_layout Section
39742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39753 Settings ! Directory
39761 \begin_layout Description
39763 \begin_inset space ~
39766 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39767 It is the default when you
39778 \begin_inset space ~
39786 \begin_layout Description
39788 \begin_inset space ~
39791 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39793 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39795 \begin_inset space ~
39799 \begin_inset space ~
39807 \begin_layout Description
39809 \begin_inset space ~
39816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39822 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39823 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39824 \begin_inset space ~
39828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39830 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39838 will be used to save the backups.
39839 \begin_inset Newline newline
39842 The backup files have the ending
39843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39853 \begin_layout Description
39858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39865 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39866 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39867 \begin_inset Newline newline
39871 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39879 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39887 \begin_layout Description
39889 \begin_inset space ~
39892 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39895 \begin_layout Description
39897 \begin_inset space ~
39900 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39901 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39902 to find it on the system.
39903 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39904 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39906 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39910 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39913 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39914 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39918 \begin_layout Section
39922 \begin_layout Standard
39923 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39924 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39926 \begin_inset space ~
39930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39932 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39936 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39939 \begin_layout Section
39944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39945 Language ! Settings
39954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39955 Settings ! Language
39963 \begin_layout Subsection
39967 \begin_layout Description
39969 \begin_inset space ~
39972 language is the language used in new documents
39975 \begin_layout Description
39977 \begin_inset space ~
39980 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39982 The default is the LaTeX-command
39988 that loads the package
39996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39997 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39998 \begin_inset space ~
40002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40004 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40014 \begin_inset Newline newline
40021 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40022 the document language.
40023 A text label is for instance the word
40024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40031 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40034 \begin_layout Description
40036 \begin_inset space ~
40039 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40040 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40041 An example is the start command
40047 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40052 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40067 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40072 \begin_layout Description
40074 \begin_inset space ~
40082 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40083 command toggles the package on and off.
40086 \begin_layout Description
40088 \begin_inset space ~
40098 \begin_layout Description
40099 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40100 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40101 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
40102 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40109 \begin_layout Description
40111 \begin_inset space ~
40114 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40116 When this option is not set, the
40119 \begin_inset space ~
40124 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40125 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40128 \begin_inset space ~
40136 \begin_layout Description
40138 \begin_inset space ~
40144 \begin_inset space ~
40150 When it is not set, the
40153 \begin_inset space ~
40158 is set to the end of the document.
40161 \begin_layout Description
40163 \begin_inset space ~
40167 \begin_inset space ~
40170 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40171 language will be underlined blue.
40174 \begin_layout Description
40176 \begin_inset space ~
40180 \begin_inset space ~
40184 \begin_inset space ~
40188 \begin_inset space ~
40191 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40195 \begin_layout Subsection
40199 \begin_layout Standard
40200 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40201 \begin_inset space ~
40205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40207 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40214 \begin_layout Section
40218 \begin_layout Subsection
40220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40249 \begin_layout Description
40251 \begin_inset space ~
40254 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40255 The name will be used when the
40260 \begin_inset Newline newline
40264 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40272 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40281 \begin_layout Description
40283 \begin_inset space ~
40287 \begin_inset space ~
40291 \begin_inset space ~
40294 printer This option works only for the
40299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40311 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40312 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40315 \begin_layout Description
40317 \begin_inset space ~
40320 command is the command LyX
40321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40328 LaTeX uses for printing.
40329 The default is on most systems
40336 \begin_layout Description
40338 \begin_inset space ~
40342 \begin_inset space ~
40345 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40346 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40347 of the program that provides the
40354 \begin_layout Subsection
40359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40370 Settings ! Date format
40378 \begin_layout Standard
40379 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40380 \begin_inset Newline newline
40384 \begin_inset Flex URL
40387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40389 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40395 \begin_inset Newline newline
40398 For example the format
40399 \begin_inset Newline newline
40403 \begin_inset Newline newline
40406 prints the date as day/month/year.
40409 \begin_layout Subsection
40413 \begin_layout Description
40415 \begin_inset space ~
40419 \begin_inset space ~
40422 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40425 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40426 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40428 \begin_inset space ~
40434 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40438 \begin_layout Description
40440 \begin_inset space ~
40443 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40448 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40449 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40452 \begin_layout Subsection
40457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40465 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40467 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40476 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40484 \begin_layout Description
40489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40497 \begin_inset space ~
40500 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40505 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40527 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40540 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40541 LyX sets up in the background.
40542 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40545 \begin_layout Description
40547 \begin_inset space ~
40551 \begin_inset space ~
40554 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40559 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40562 \begin_layout Description
40564 \begin_inset space ~
40568 \begin_inset space ~
40572 \begin_inset space ~
40576 \begin_inset space ~
40580 \begin_inset space ~
40584 \begin_inset space ~
40587 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40589 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40592 dialog when changing the document class.
40595 \begin_layout Standard
40598 External Applications
40600 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40601 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40602 manuals of the applications.
40603 Currently the following commands can be set:
40606 \begin_layout Description
40611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40619 \begin_inset space ~
40622 command Command for the program
40626 that is described in section
40637 \begin_layout Description
40642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40650 \begin_inset space ~
40653 command Command for the program
40657 that generates the bibliography, see section
40658 \begin_inset space ~
40662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40664 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40671 \begin_layout Description
40673 \begin_inset space ~
40676 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40677 \begin_inset space ~
40681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40683 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40690 \begin_layout Description
40692 \begin_inset space ~
40696 \begin_inset space ~
40700 \begin_inset space ~
40704 \begin_inset space ~
40707 options They only have an effect when the program
40711 is used as DVI-viewer.
40714 \begin_layout Subsection
40719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40738 \begin_layout Standard
40743 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40746 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40748 uses the Windows path style:
40751 \begin_layout Standard
40759 \begin_layout Standard
40760 instead of the Unix path style:
40763 \begin_layout Standard
40767 \begin_layout Section
40772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40781 \begin_layout Standard
40782 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40783 from one format to another.
40784 You can modify them or create new ones.
40785 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40792 \begin_inset space ~
40802 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40806 \begin_inset space ~
40811 drop-down list, modify the
40815 field, and press the
40822 \begin_layout Standard
40825 Converter File Cache
40827 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40830 Maximum Age (in days
40833 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40834 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40837 \begin_layout Standard
40838 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40839 the converter definition, is described in section
40850 \begin_layout Section
40855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40864 name "sec:File-Formats"
40871 \begin_layout Standard
40872 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40873 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40875 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40883 \begin_inset space ~
40895 \begin_layout Standard
40896 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40897 is described in section
40908 \begin_layout Section
40913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40922 \begin_layout Standard
40923 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40924 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40925 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40926 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40927 This is done by a Copier.
40930 \begin_layout Standard
40931 More about converters is described in section
40942 \begin_layout Chapter
40943 Units available in LyX
40947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40956 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40963 \begin_layout Standard
40964 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40967 reference "cap:Units"
40971 explains all units available in LyX.
40974 \begin_layout Standard
40975 \begin_inset Float table
40981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40982 \begin_inset Caption
40984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40985 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41000 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41008 \begin_inset Tabular
41009 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41112 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41140 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41163 scaled point (65536
41164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41224 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41279 % of original image width
41286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41493 \begin_layout Chapter
41495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41504 \begin_layout Standard
41505 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41506 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41509 \begin_layout Itemize
41512 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41515 \begin_layout Itemize
41521 \begin_layout Itemize
41527 \begin_layout Itemize
41533 \begin_layout Itemize
41539 \begin_layout Itemize
41545 \begin_layout Itemize
41551 \begin_layout Itemize
41557 \begin_layout Itemize
41560 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41563 \begin_layout Itemize
41569 \begin_layout Itemize
41575 \begin_layout Itemize
41581 \begin_layout Itemize
41587 \begin_layout Itemize
41593 \begin_layout Itemize
41599 \begin_layout Itemize
41605 \begin_layout Itemize
41611 \begin_layout Itemize
41613 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41622 \begin_layout Standard
41623 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41626 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41633 \begin_layout Bibliography
41634 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41635 LatexCommand bibitem
41642 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41645 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41650 \begin_inset Newline newline
41654 \begin_inset Flex URL
41657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41659 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41667 \begin_layout Bibliography
41668 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41669 LatexCommand bibitem
41670 key "latexcompanion"
41674 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41676 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41679 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41682 \begin_layout Bibliography
41683 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41684 LatexCommand bibitem
41689 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41692 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41695 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41698 \begin_layout Bibliography
41699 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41700 LatexCommand bibitem
41707 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41710 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41713 \begin_layout Bibliography
41714 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41715 LatexCommand bibitem
41727 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41730 \begin_layout Bibliography
41731 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41732 LatexCommand bibitem
41738 \begin_inset Newline newline
41742 \begin_inset Flex URL
41745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41747 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41755 \begin_layout Bibliography
41756 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41757 LatexCommand bibitem
41763 \begin_inset Newline newline
41767 \begin_inset Flex URL
41770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41772 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41780 \begin_layout Bibliography
41781 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41782 LatexCommand bibitem
41788 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41790 name "Documentation"
41791 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41800 \begin_inset Newline newline
41804 \begin_inset Flex URL
41807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41809 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41817 \begin_layout Bibliography
41818 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41819 LatexCommand bibitem
41825 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41827 name "Documentation"
41828 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41837 \begin_inset Newline newline
41841 \begin_inset Flex URL
41844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41846 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41854 \begin_layout Bibliography
41855 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41856 LatexCommand bibitem
41862 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41864 name "Documentation"
41865 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41869 of the LaTeX-package
41877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41878 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41884 \begin_inset Newline newline
41888 \begin_inset Flex URL
41891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41893 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41901 \begin_layout Bibliography
41902 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41903 LatexCommand bibitem
41909 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41911 name "Documentation"
41912 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41916 of the LaTeX-package
41924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41925 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41931 \begin_inset Newline newline
41935 \begin_inset Flex URL
41938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41940 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41948 \begin_layout Bibliography
41949 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41950 LatexCommand bibitem
41956 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41958 name "Documentation"
41959 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41963 of the LaTeX-package
41971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41972 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41978 \begin_inset Newline newline
41982 \begin_inset Flex URL
41985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41987 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41995 \begin_layout Bibliography
41996 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41997 LatexCommand bibitem
42003 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42005 name "Documentation"
42006 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42010 of the LaTeX-package
42018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42019 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42025 \begin_inset Newline newline
42029 \begin_inset Flex URL
42032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42034 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42042 \begin_layout Bibliography
42043 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42044 LatexCommand bibitem
42050 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42052 name "Documentation"
42053 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42057 of the LaTeX-package
42065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42066 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42072 \begin_inset Newline newline
42076 \begin_inset Flex URL
42079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42081 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42089 \begin_layout Bibliography
42090 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42091 LatexCommand bibitem
42097 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42100 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42104 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42105 \begin_inset Newline newline
42109 \begin_inset Flex URL
42112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42114 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42122 \begin_layout Bibliography
42123 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42124 LatexCommand bibitem
42130 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42133 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42137 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42138 \begin_inset Newline newline
42142 \begin_inset Flex URL
42145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42147 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42155 \begin_layout Bibliography
42156 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42157 LatexCommand bibitem
42163 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42166 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42170 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42171 \begin_inset Newline newline
42175 \begin_inset Flex URL
42178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42180 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42188 \begin_layout Bibliography
42189 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42190 LatexCommand bibitem
42196 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42199 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42203 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42204 \begin_inset Newline newline
42208 \begin_inset Flex URL
42211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42213 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42221 \begin_layout Bibliography
42222 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42223 LatexCommand bibitem
42229 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42232 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42236 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42237 \begin_inset Newline newline
42241 \begin_inset Flex URL
42244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42246 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42254 \begin_layout Bibliography
42255 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42256 LatexCommand bibitem
42262 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42265 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42269 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42270 \begin_inset Newline newline
42274 \begin_inset Flex URL
42277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42279 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42287 \begin_layout Bibliography
42288 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42289 LatexCommand bibitem
42295 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42298 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42302 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42303 \begin_inset Newline newline
42307 \begin_inset Flex URL
42310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42312 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42320 \begin_layout Bibliography
42321 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42322 LatexCommand bibitem
42328 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42331 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42335 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42336 \begin_inset Newline newline
42340 \begin_inset Flex URL
42343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42345 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42353 \begin_layout Bibliography
42354 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42355 LatexCommand bibitem
42361 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42364 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42368 about new features in
42373 \begin_inset Newline newline
42377 \begin_inset Flex URL
42380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42382 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42390 \begin_layout Standard
42391 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42425 \begin_inset Note Note
42428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42435 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42436 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42437 bibliography is the second one:
42445 \begin_layout Standard
42446 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42447 LatexCommand bibtex
42448 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42449 options "biblio/alphadin"
42456 \begin_layout Standard
42457 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42460 \begin_layout Standard
42463 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42464 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42469 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42470 LatexCommand printindex